Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Stochastic Systems

166 missions · 60 completed

The mathematics of systems that evolve under randomness, modeled as families of random variables indexed by time — from Markov chains and martingales to Brownian motion and stochastic differential equations. The field spans stochastic analysis, filtering and optimal control under uncertainty, ergodic behavior of random dynamics, and concentration of measure, with models reaching across physics, engineering, finance, and biology.

Missions

Open106Completed60All166
Markov ChainOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

On the Stochastic Matrices Associated with Certain Queuing Processes 2: The GI/M/1 Imbedded Chain Is Ergodic iff ρ < 1 and Recurrent iff ρ ≤ 1Research Paper

Motivation

A single-server queue in which customers arrive according to a renewal process and are served in exponentially distributed times is the system GI/M/1. Observed just before successive arrivals, its queue length is a Markov chain on {0,1,2,… }\{0, 1, 2, \dots\}{0,1,2,…}, the imbedded chain introduced by D. G. Kendall (Kendall 1953, Ann. Math. Statist. 24, pp. 338–354). Whether this chain settles into a statistical equilibrium, keeps returning to the empty state without one, or drifts off to infinity is the first question asked about the queue, and every later quantity (stationary queue lengths, waiting-time distributions) presupposes the answer.

F. G. Foster's 1953 paper (Foster 1953) answers it for GI/M/1 and for M/G/1 by a different route from Kendall's direct analysis: it first proves general criteria, stated in terms of solutions of linear equations and inequalities in the transition matrix, for a countable Markov chain to be ergodic, recurrent or transient, and then checks them on the two queueing matrices. The criteria are of independent use; one of them (Theorem 2 of the paper) is now known as Foster's criterion, the starting point of the drift (Lyapunov-function) method for stability of Markov chains and queueing networks.

Timeline. Kendall (1951, J. Roy. Statist. Soc. B 13) studied queue-length processes directly, including a recurrence argument for M/G/1 that Foster's §3 reproduces; Kendall (1953) introduced the imbedded-chain method and, for GI/M/1, proved by it that ρ<1\rho < 1ρ<1 is sufficient for ergodicity (Foster 1953, p. 359); Foster (1953) proved the full classification, ergodic iff ρ<1\rho < 1ρ<1 and recurrent iff ρ≤1\rho \le 1ρ≤1, by the general criteria. This mission treats the GI/M/1 half; a companion mission treats M/G/1.

Setting

A transition matrix on the states {0,1,2,… }\{0, 1, 2, \dots\}{0,1,2,…} is an array [pij][p_{ij}][pij​] of nonnegative reals whose rows sum to 111. For a state jjj, fjjf_{jj}fjj​ is the probability that the chain started at jjj returns to jjj at some later step. The chain is recurrent if fjj=1f_{jj} = 1fjj​=1 for every jjj, transient if fjj<1f_{jj} < 1fjj​<1 for every jjj, and ergodic (recurrent-nonnull, positive recurrent) if moreover every mean recurrence time ∑nnfjj(n)\sum_n n f^{(n)}_{jj}∑n​nfjj(n)​ is finite. Foster's general theorems concern an irreducible chain (every state reachable from every state), assumed aperiodic for simplicity.

The GI/M/1 chain is described by a sequence a=(an)n≥0a = (a_n)_{n \ge 0}a=(an​)n≥0​ of positive numbers with ∑nan=1\sum_n a_n = 1∑n​an​=1: ana_nan​ is the probability that exactly nnn services are completed between two arrivals. With the tails αi=∑j≥i+1aj\alpha_i = \sum_{j \ge i+1} a_jαi​=∑j≥i+1​aj​,

[pij]=[α0a000⋯α1a1a00⋯α2a2a1a0⋯⋮⋮⋮⋮],[p_{ij}] = \begin{bmatrix} \alpha_0 & a_0 & 0 & 0 & \cdots \\ \alpha_1 & a_1 & a_0 & 0 & \cdots \\ \alpha_2 & a_2 & a_1 & a_0 & \cdots \\ \vdots & \vdots & \vdots & \vdots & \end{bmatrix},[pij​]=​α0​α1​α2​⋮​a0​a1​a2​⋮​0a0​a1​⋮​00a0​⋮​⋯⋯⋯​​,

that is pi0=αip_{i0} = \alpha_ipi0​=αi​, pij=ai+1−jp_{ij} = a_{i+1-j}pij​=ai+1−j​ for 1≤j≤i+11 \le j \le i+11≤j≤i+1, and pij=0p_{ij} = 0pij​=0 for j>i+1j > i+1j>i+1. In Lean this matrix is gim1Matrix a. The traffic parameter ρ\rhoρ is defined through its inverse,

ρ−1=∑n=1∞n an∈(0,∞],\rho^{-1} = \sum_{n=1}^{\infty} n\, a_n \in (0, \infty],ρ−1=n=1∑∞​nan​∈(0,∞],

the mean number of service completions per interarrival interval (rhoInv a, and rho a =ρ= \rho=ρ).

Formalization targets

Goal: the classification of GI/M/1 (§4, p. 359)

the chain is ergodic  ⟺  ρ<1,the chain is recurrent  ⟺  ρ≤1.\text{the chain is ergodic} \iff \rho < 1, \qquad \text{the chain is recurrent} \iff \rho \le 1 .the chain is ergodic⟺ρ<1,the chain is recurrent⟺ρ≤1.

Together: ergodic for ρ<1\rho < 1ρ<1, recurrent-null for ρ=1\rho = 1ρ=1, transient for ρ>1\rho > 1ρ>1. The statement carries no constants and leaves the sequence aaa free apart from positivity and normalization.

Milestones

  1. Theorem 7 (p. 358): for a probability distribution {pn}\{p_n\}{pn​} with p0>0p_0 > 0p0​>0, the equation ∑n≥0znpn=z\sum_{n \ge 0} z^n p_n = z∑n≥0​znpn​=z has a root in (0,1)(0, 1)(0,1) iff ∑n≥1npn>1\sum_{n\ge1} n p_n > 1∑n≥1​npn​>1.
  2. Theorem 1, sufficiency (p. 355): a nonnull solution of ∑ixipij=xj\sum_i x_i p_{ij} = x_j∑i​xi​pij​=xj​ with ∑i∣xi∣<∞\sum_i |x_i| < \infty∑i​∣xi​∣<∞ makes the system ergodic.
  3. Theorem 1, necessity (p. 355): in an ergodic system every nonnegative solution of ∑ixipij≤xj\sum_i x_i p_{ij} \le x_j∑i​xi​pij​≤xj​ has ∑ixi<∞\sum_i x_i < \infty∑i​xi​<∞.
  4. Theorem 4 (pp. 356–357): the system is transient iff ∑jpijyj=yi\sum_j p_{ij} y_j = y_i∑j​pij​yj​=yi​ (i≠0i \ne 0i=0) has a bounded nonconstant solution.

Milestones 2–4 are stated for a general irreducible aperiodic chain.

Significance

The classification tells exactly when the GI/M/1 queue is stable: the stationary distribution of the imbedded chain, which is geometric, exists precisely in the ergodic case ρ<1\rho < 1ρ<1, and for ρ>1\rho > 1ρ>1 the queue grows without bound. Theorems 1 and 4 are general tools, reusable for any countable chain: Theorem 1 characterizes ergodicity by summable invariant vectors, Theorem 4 characterizes transience by bounded harmonic functions off one state. Theorem 7 is the extinction criterion of branching processes and recurs throughout applied probability.

All of these results are proved in the literature (Foster 1953; Feller's textbook for Theorem 7 and a version of Theorem 4). As far as a search of the platform shows, none of them has a machine-checked proof; the platform holds related special cases for the G/M/1 queue with a specific interarrival law (QueueingFundamentals.GM1.unique_root_unit_interval, open), but not the general lemma or the classification. A formalization would provide the general criteria as reusable library results and the first verified stability classification of a non-Markovian queue's imbedded chain.

Difficulty

The matrix is explicit, but none of the three properties is a finite computation: ergodicity and recurrence are statements about return times over all horizons, so each direction must go through an existence or nonexistence statement about infinite systems of equations. For the converse directions the obvious argument fails: exhibiting a candidate solution such as xi≡1x_i \equiv 1xi​≡1 shows nothing until it is known that ergodicity forces every such solution to be summable, and showing that no bounded nonconstant solution of (7) exists when ρ<1\rho < 1ρ<1 requires control of all solutions, not of one. The general criteria themselves rest on limit theorems for pij(n)p_{ij}^{(n)}pij(n)​ and on interchanging infinite sums, and the infinite-mean case ∑nan=∞\sum n a_n = \infty∑nan​=∞ has to be carried along everywhere.

Formalization scope

  • The Markov-chain vocabulary is the published definition QueueingFundamentals_Foundations_MarkovChain: TransitionMatrix (entries p, nonnegativity, rows summing to 111 via HasSum), returnProb, meanRecurrenceTime, Irreducible, Aperiodic, PositiveRecurrent. "Ergodic" is PositiveRecurrent. IsRecurrent and IsTransient are defined state by state from returnProb; their complementarity for irreducible chains is a theorem, not a definition.
  • States are indexed from 000, as in the paper. The goal quantifies over every TransitionMatrix whose entries equal gim1Matrix a; such a matrix exists for every admissible aaa (rows sum to 111), so the statement is not vacuous.
  • ρ−1\rho^{-1}ρ−1 and ρ\rhoρ live in [0,∞][0, \infty][0,∞] (ℝ≥0∞), with ∞−1=0\infty^{-1} = 0∞−1=0: an infinite mean gives ρ=0\rho = 0ρ=0, and that chain is ergodic.
  • The goal does not assume irreducibility or aperiodicity: they follow from an>0a_n > 0an​>0. Milestones 2–4 carry them, as the paper's standing assumptions (§1).
  • Every infinite series appearing in a hypothesis is required to converge (HasSum or Summable), so that a divergent series cannot satisfy an equation or inequality vacuously. In Theorem 1's sufficiency half the xix_ixi​ may be of either sign. In Theorem 7 the distribution is renamed qqq to avoid a clash with pijp_{ij}pij​.
  • Ruled out as trivializing: defining ρ\rhoρ by a real inverse of a real series, defining "ergodic" as the existence of a summable invariant vector (which is Theorem 1's condition), or stating the goal over a matrix that need not exist.
  • Not included: the paper's explicit description of the solutions of (7) for ρ≥1\rho \ge 1ρ≥1 via the generating function (1−z){A(z)−z}−1(1 - z)\{A(z) - z\}^{-1}(1−z){A(z)−z}−1, and the M/G/1 half (Theorems 2, 3, 5), which is the companion mission. Contributions welcome: proofs of the general criteria (reusable for any countable chain), of Theorem 7, and lemmas on the GI/M/1 matrix such as irreducibility and aperiodicity.

Selected references

  • F. G. Foster, On the stochastic matrices associated with certain queuing processes, Ann. Math. Statist. 24 (1953), 355–360. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177728976
  • D. G. Kendall, Stochastic processes occurring in the theory of queues and their analysis by the method of the imbedded Markov chain, Ann. Math. Statist. 24 (1953), 338–354 (the paper immediately preceding Foster's in the same issue).
  • D. G. Kendall, Some problems in the theory of queues, J. Roy. Statist. Soc. B 13 (1951), 151–185.
  • W. Feller, An Introduction to Probability Theory and Its Applications, Vol. 1, Wiley, 1950.
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Control TheoryDynamic ProgrammingOperations Research+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Stochastic Optimal Control: The Discrete-Time Case VIII: The Infinite-Horizon Borel Models — the Optimality Equation J* = T(J*) under (P), (N), (D)Textbook

Motivation

Infinite horizon dynamic programming asks for the least expected cost of controlling a stochastic system forever, and for a policy attaining it. On finite or countable state spaces the theory has been classical since Bellman, Blackwell (1965) and Strauch (1966). Many models in operations research, inventory control, queueing and economics have continuous states and controls, however, and there the Bellman equation raises a question the countable theory never meets: the optimal cost need not be Borel-measurable, so its expectation under the transition law, which the equation requires, may not be defined.

Bertsekas and Shreve (1978) settled this question by working with lower semianalytic cost functions and universally measurable policies. In that framework the optimal cost is always measurable enough to be integrated, and the optimality equation holds with no continuity or compactness assumption. Chapter 9 of their book treats the infinite horizon model under the three classical cost structures: nonnegative costs (P), nonpositive costs (N), and bounded discounted costs (D).

Timeline:

  • 1965: Blackwell, discounted dynamic programming on Borel spaces with Borel-measurable data, case (D).
  • 1966: Strauch, negative dynamic programming, case (N), with Borel-measurable data.
  • 1978: Bertsekas and Shreve, Chapter 9: lower semianalytic costs and universally measurable policies, in all three cases (P), (N), (D).
  • 1979: Shreve and Bertsekas, the journal account of universally measurable policies.

Setting

An infinite horizon stochastic optimal control model (SM) is an eight-tuple (S,C,U,W,p,f,α,g)(S, C, U, W, p, f, \alpha, g)(S,C,U,W,p,f,α,g). The state space SSS, the control space CCC and the disturbance space WWW are nonempty Borel spaces, that is, spaces homeomorphic to Borel subsets of complete separable metric spaces. The control constraint UUU assigns to each state xxx a nonempty set U(x)⊆CU(x) \subseteq CU(x)⊆C, and the set Γ={(x,u)∣u∈U(x)}\Gamma = \{(x,u) \mid u \in U(x)\}Γ={(x,u)∣u∈U(x)} is analytic. The disturbance kernel p(dw∣x,u)p(dw \mid x, u)p(dw∣x,u) is a Borel stochastic kernel and the system function f:SCW→Sf : SCW \to Sf:SCW→S is Borel. The discount factor is α>0\alpha > 0α>0, and the one-stage cost g:Γ→[−∞,∞]g : \Gamma \to [-\infty, \infty]g:Γ→[−∞,∞] is lower semianalytic: each sublevel set {g<c}\{g < c\}{g<c} is analytic. The state moves by xk+1=f(xk,uk,wk)x_{k+1} = f(x_k, u_k, w_k)xk+1​=f(xk​,uk​,wk​), with transition kernel t(B∣x,u)=p({w∣f(x,u,w)∈B}∣x,u)t(B \mid x, u) = p(\{w \mid f(x,u,w) \in B\} \mid x, u)t(B∣x,u)=p({w∣f(x,u,w)∈B}∣x,u).

A policy π=(μ0,μ1,… )\pi = (\mu_0, \mu_1, \dots)π=(μ0​,μ1​,…) chooses uku_kuk​ at random from a universally measurable stochastic kernel μk(duk∣x0,u0,…,xk)\mu_k(du_k \mid x_0, u_0, \dots, x_k)μk​(duk​∣x0​,u0​,…,xk​) concentrated on U(xk)U(x_k)U(xk​); Π′\Pi'Π′ is the set of all policies. A policy is Markov if each μk\mu_kμk​ depends only on xkx_kxk​, and it is stationary if, moreover, μk=μ\mu_k = \muμk​=μ for all kkk. Writing qk(π,px)q_k(\pi, p_x)qk​(π,px​) for the law of (xk,uk)(x_k, u_k)(xk​,uk​) started from x0=xx_0 = xx0​=x, the cost of π\piπ and the optimal cost are

Jπ(x)=∑k=0∞αk∫g dqk(π,px),J∗(x)=inf⁡π∈Π′Jπ(x).J_\pi(x) = \sum_{k=0}^\infty \alpha^k \int g\, dq_k(\pi, p_x), \qquad J^*(x) = \inf_{\pi \in \Pi'} J_\pi(x).Jπ​(x)=k=0∑∞​αk∫gdqk​(π,px​),J∗(x)=π∈Π′inf​Jπ​(x).

For J:S→[−∞,∞]J : S \to [-\infty, \infty]J:S→[−∞,∞], the dynamic programming operators are

T(J)(x)=inf⁡u∈U(x){g(x,u)+α∫SJ(x′) t(dx′∣x,u)},Tμ(J)(x)=∫C[g(x,u)+α∫SJ dt]μ(du∣x).T(J)(x) = \inf_{u \in U(x)} \Big\{ g(x,u) + \alpha \int_S J(x')\, t(dx' \mid x, u) \Big\}, \qquad T_\mu(J)(x) = \int_C \Big[ g(x,u) + \alpha \int_S J\, dt \Big] \mu(du \mid x).T(J)(x)=u∈U(x)inf​{g(x,u)+α∫S​J(x′)t(dx′∣x,u)},Tμ​(J)(x)=∫C​[g(x,u)+α∫S​Jdt]μ(du∣x).

The three cases are (P) g≥0g \ge 0g≥0 on Γ\GammaΓ; (N) g≤0g \le 0g≤0 on Γ\GammaΓ; (D) α<1\alpha < 1α<1 and ∣g∣≤b|g| \le b∣g∣≤b on Γ\GammaΓ for some real bbb.

Formalization targets

Goal: the optimality equation (Proposition 9.8, Eq. (22))

Under each of (P), (N) and (D),

J∗=T(J∗).J^* = T(J^*).J∗=T(J∗).

Milestones

  • J∗J^*J∗ is lower semianalytic (Corollary 9.4.1).
  • For a stationary policy, Jμ=Tμ(Jμ)J_\mu = T_\mu(J_\mu)Jμ​=Tμ​(Jμ​) (Proposition 9.9).
  • Optimality tests for stationary policies: under (P) or (D), (μ,μ,… )(\mu, \mu, \dots)(μ,μ,…) is optimal iff J∗=Tμ(J∗)J^* = T_\mu(J^*)J∗=Tμ​(J∗) (Proposition 9.12); under (N) or (D), iff Jμ=T(Jμ)J_\mu = T(J_\mu)Jμ​=T(Jμ​) (Proposition 9.13).
  • Under (N) or (D), value iteration from 000 converges to J∗J^*J∗, and under (D) it converges uniformly from every bounded lower semianalytic start (Proposition 9.14).

Further statements of the mission

  • Markov policies suffice: at each state some Markov policy matches any policy's cost (Proposition 9.1), so J∗=inf⁡π∈ΠJπJ^* = \inf_{\pi \in \Pi} J_\piJ∗=infπ∈Π​Jπ​ (Corollary 9.1.1).
  • Partial converses of the optimality equation: J≥T(J)J \ge T(J)J≥T(J), J≥0J \ge 0J≥0 gives J≥J∗J \ge J^*J≥J∗ under (P); J≤T(J)J \le T(J)J≤T(J), J≤0J \le 0J≤0 gives J≤J∗J \le J^*J≤J∗ under (N); a bounded solution of J=T(J)J = T(J)J=T(J) equals J∗J^*J∗ under (D) (Proposition 9.10). The analogous statements for TμT_\muTμ​ and JμJ_\muJμ​ (Proposition 9.11).

Significance

The optimality equation is the basic structural fact of infinite horizon control. Corollary 9.12.1 uses it to construct optimal stationary policies from minimizers in the equation. The existence results for ε\varepsilonε-optimal policies (Propositions 9.19 and 9.20), the convergence analysis of value iteration in Section 9.5, and the reduction of imperfect state information problems in Chapter 10 all build on it. It holds for arbitrary Borel models, with no continuity or compactness assumption.

All results of the mission were proved in 1978. None of them has a machine-checked proof: Mathlib has stochastic kernels and the Ionescu-Tulcea construction for measurable kernels, but no theory of lower semianalytic functions, universally measurable kernels, or dynamic programming on Borel spaces. A formal development would fix the measurability bookkeeping on which the textbook proofs rest and supply a reusable substrate for the stochastic control papers that cite this book.

Difficulty

Under (D), TTT is a contraction on bounded functions, and its fixed point is the limit of value iteration. That argument, however, gives a fixed point only within a fixed class of measurable functions. Showing that this fixed point equals J∗J^*J∗ requires knowing that J∗J^*J∗ belongs to the class and that history-dependent randomized policies do no better. Under (P), value iteration can converge to the wrong limit (Example 1 of the chapter: lim⁡kJk(0)=0\lim_k J_k(0) = 0limk​Jk​(0)=0 while J∗(0)=∞J^*(0) = \inftyJ∗(0)=∞). Even when each JkJ_kJk​ is Borel, J∗J^*J∗ may fail to be (Example 2). So J∗=T(J∗)J^* = T(J^*)J∗=T(J∗) cannot be obtained as a limit of the finite horizon equations, and the natural class of Borel functions is not closed under the partial minimization that defines TTT.

The book's route lifts (SM) to a deterministic model on the space of probability measures P(S)P(S)P(S), where no measurability restriction is needed, and transfers the results back. Making this transfer rigorous requires that the cost of a randomized policy be a measurable functional of its law, and that the infimum over policies preserve lower semianalyticity.

Formalization scope

The draft fixes the following conventions.

  • Spaces. Borel spaces are topological spaces homeomorphic to Borel subsets of complete separable metric spaces, carrying their Borel σ\sigmaσ-algebras. Analytic sets are Mathlib's AnalyticSet. A set is universally measurable if it is null-measurable for every probability measure.
  • Extended reals. Values lie in EReal. The book's convention ∞−∞=−∞+∞=∞\infty - \infty = -\infty + \infty = \infty∞−∞=−∞+∞=∞ is implemented explicitly, because Mathlib's EReal sets ⊥+⊤=⊥\bot + \top = \bot⊥+⊤=⊥. The integral of an extended-real function is ∫f+−∫f−\int f^+ - \int f^-∫f+−∫f− with the same convention.
  • Policies. These are sequences of universally measurable stochastic kernels on the history spaces S0C0⋯SkS_0C_0 \cdots S_kS0​C0​⋯Sk​, charging U(xk)U(x_k)U(xk​) with mass one. The laws of (x0,u0,…,xk,uk)(x_0, u_0, \dots, x_k, u_k)(x0​,u0​,…,xk​,uk​) are built recursively from the kernels.
  • Costs. JπJ_\piJπ​ is the series ∑kαk∫g dqk\sum_k \alpha^k \int g\, dq_k∑k​αk∫gdqk​, computed as the difference of the series of positive and negative parts. Under each of (P), (N), (D) it coincides with the integral of the total discounted cost. J∗J^*J∗ is the infimum over all policies.
  • Case labels. Each statement carries the case labels the book attaches to it, as hypotheses on the model.
  • Scope. Only the (SM) statements are formalized. The deterministic model (DM) on P(S)P(S)P(S) is the book's proof device and enters no statement.

The goal admits a trivializing formalization that this draft rules out. J∗J^*J∗ is not defined as a fixed point of TTT, nor as the limit of Tk(0)T^k(0)Tk(0); it is the infimum of the costs of all policies, which under (P) can differ from that limit.

A complete development needs universally measurable kernels and their compositions on product spaces, measurability of x↦∫f(x,y) q(dy∣x)x \mapsto \int f(x, y)\, q(dy \mid x)x↦∫f(x,y)q(dy∣x) for universally measurable integrands, the measurable selection theorem of Jankov and von Neumann, and the closure of lower semianalytic functions under partial infimum. These are the subject of the series' mission on Chapter 7, and they are reusable for any stochastic control model on Borel spaces. Contributions are welcome at any level: these foundations, the Markov reduction (Proposition 9.1), or the case-by-case arguments.

Selected references

  • D. P. Bertsekas and S. E. Shreve, Stochastic Optimal Control: The Discrete-Time Case, Academic Press, 1978; Athena Scientific reprint, 1996. Chapter 9. https://web.mit.edu/dimitrib/www/soc.html
  • D. Blackwell, Discounted dynamic programming, Annals of Mathematical Statistics 36 (1965), 226–235. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177700285
  • R. E. Strauch, Negative dynamic programming, Annals of Mathematical Statistics 37 (1966), 871–890. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177699369
  • S. E. Shreve and D. P. Bertsekas, Universally measurable policies in dynamic programming, Mathematics of Operations Research 4 (1979), 15–30. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.4.1.15
15 thms1 active userReviewed
Control TheoryDynamic ProgrammingOperations Research+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Stochastic Optimal Control: The Discrete-Time Case VII: The Finite-Horizon Borel Model — over Universally Measurable Policies J*_K = T^K(J_0)Textbook

Motivation

Finite-horizon stochastic control on general state and control spaces — inventory levels, queue lengths, positions, beliefs — cannot be written down without measure theory, and the measure theory turns out to be the hard part. The dynamic programming (DP) recursion "start from zero and minimise one stage at a time" is easy to state, but on uncountable spaces the minimisation in each step produces functions that need not be Borel-measurable, and the infimum over policies has to be taken over a class large enough to contain near-minimisers. Bertsekas and Shreve's Stochastic Optimal Control: The Discrete-Time Case (1978; Athena reprint 1996) resolved this by working with universally measurable policies and lower semianalytic costs. Chapter 8 is the finite-horizon core of that theory, and the infinite-horizon results of Chapter 9 and the imperfect-information reduction of Chapter 10 are built on it.

Timeline. Blackwell (1965) treated discounted problems on Borel spaces with bounded costs and Borel policies, where ε-optimal Borel policies may fail to exist. Strauch (1966) studied positive and negative models. Blackwell, Freedman and Orkin (1974) introduced analytic sets and analytically measurable policies into DP. Bertsekas and Shreve (1978, Chapters 7–8) gave the universally measurable finite-horizon theory formalized here, including the unbounded-cost assumptions (F⁺)/(F⁻).

Setting

A finite horizon stochastic optimal control model is a nine-tuple (S,C,U,W,p,f,α,g,N)(S,C,U,W,p,f,\alpha,g,N)(S,C,U,W,p,f,α,g,N). The state space SSS, control space CCC and disturbance space WWW are nonempty Borel spaces (topological spaces homeomorphic to Borel subsets of complete separable metric spaces). The constraint U(x)⊆CU(x)\subseteq CU(x)⊆C is nonempty and Γ={(x,u)∣u∈U(x)}\Gamma=\{(x,u)\mid u\in U(x)\}Γ={(x,u)∣u∈U(x)} is analytic in S×CS\times CS×C. Disturbances are drawn from a Borel stochastic kernel p(dw∣x,u)p(dw\mid x,u)p(dw∣x,u), the system moves by xk+1=f(xk,uk,wk)x_{k+1}=f(x_k,u_k,w_k)xk+1​=f(xk​,uk​,wk​) with fff Borel, the discount factor α\alphaα is a positive real, the one-stage cost g:Γ→[−∞,∞]g:\Gamma\to[-\infty,\infty]g:Γ→[−∞,∞] is lower semianalytic ({g<c}\{g<c\}{g<c} is analytic for every real ccc), and N≥1N\ge1N≥1 is the horizon. The state transition kernel is t(B∣x,u)=p({w∣f(x,u,w)∈B}∣x,u)t(B\mid x,u)=p(\{w\mid f(x,u,w)\in B\}\mid x,u)t(B∣x,u)=p({w∣f(x,u,w)∈B}∣x,u).

A set is universally measurable if it is measurable for the completion of the Borel σ-algebra under every probability measure. A policy π=(μ0,…,μN−1)\pi=(\mu_0,\dots,\mu_{N-1})π=(μ0​,…,μN−1​) chooses uku_kuk​ from a universally measurable stochastic kernel μk(duk∣x0,u0,…,xk)\mu_k(du_k\mid x_0,u_0,\dots,x_k)μk​(duk​∣x0​,u0​,…,xk​) concentrated on U(xk)U(x_k)U(xk​); it is Markov if μk\mu_kμk​ depends on xkx_kxk​ only, and nonrandomized if every μk(⋅∣⋅)\mu_k(\cdot\mid\cdot)μk​(⋅∣⋅) is a point mass. Π′\Pi'Π′ denotes all policies and Π\PiΠ the Markov ones. A policy and an initial distribution ppp determine a probability measure rN(π,p)r_N(\pi,p)rN​(π,p) on state–control paths, and the KKK-stage cost and optimal cost are

JK,π(x)=∫[∑k=0K−1αkg(xk,uk)]drN(π,px),JK∗(x)=inf⁡π∈Π′JK,π(x).J_{K,\pi}(x)=\int\Big[\sum_{k=0}^{K-1}\alpha^k g(x_k,u_k)\Big]dr_N(\pi,p_x),\qquad J^*_K(x)=\inf_{\pi\in\Pi'}J_{K,\pi}(x).JK,π​(x)=∫[k=0∑K−1​αkg(xk​,uk​)]drN​(π,px​),JK∗​(x)=π∈Π′inf​JK,π​(x).

Assumption (F⁺) requires ∫g− dqk(π,px)<∞\int g^-\,dq_k(\pi,p_x)<\infty∫g−dqk​(π,px​)<∞, and (F⁻) requires ∫g+ dqk(π,px)<∞\int g^+\,dq_k(\pi,p_x)<\infty∫g+dqk​(π,px​)<∞, for every policy, initial state and stage, where qkq_kqk​ is the marginal of rNr_NrN​ on the kkk-th pair. The DP operators are

Tμ(J)(x)=∫C[g(x,u)+α ⁣∫SJ dt(⋅∣x,u)]μ(du∣x),T(J)(x)=inf⁡u∈U(x){g(x,u)+α ⁣∫SJ dt(⋅∣x,u)}.T_\mu(J)(x)=\int_C\Big[g(x,u)+\alpha\!\int_S J\,dt(\cdot\mid x,u)\Big]\mu(du\mid x),\qquad T(J)(x)=\inf_{u\in U(x)}\Big\{g(x,u)+\alpha\!\int_S J\,dt(\cdot\mid x,u)\Big\}.Tμ​(J)(x)=∫C​[g(x,u)+α∫S​Jdt(⋅∣x,u)]μ(du∣x),T(J)(x)=u∈U(x)inf​{g(x,u)+α∫S​Jdt(⋅∣x,u)}.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 8.2

JK∗=TK(J0),K=1,…,N,J^*_K=T^K(J_0),\qquad K=1,\dots,N,JK∗​=TK(J0​),K=1,…,N,

under (F⁺) or (F⁻), where J0≡0J_0\equiv0J0​≡0. The goal leaves the horizon, the discount factor and the sign of ggg unrestricted beyond (F⁺)/(F⁻), and it compares an infimum over all history-dependent randomized policies with a pointwise recursion.

Milestones

In attack order: Lemma 8.1 (the cost of a Markov policy equals Tμ0⋯TμK−1(J0)T_{\mu_0}\cdots T_{\mu_{K-1}}(J_0)Tμ0​​⋯TμK−1​​(J0​)), Proposition 8.1 and Corollary 8.1.1 (Markov policies suffice), Lemma 8.2 (an ε-optimal universally measurable kernel for one application of TTT), Lemma 8.3 (under (F⁺), TK(J0)>−∞T^K(J_0)>-\inftyTK(J0​)>−∞), Lemma 8.4 (monotone and bounded convergence for TμT_\muTμ​). Two consequences of the goal complete the chapter's existence theory: Corollary 8.2.1 (JK∗J^*_KJK∗​ is lower semianalytic) and Proposition 8.3 (ε-optimal nonrandomized Markov policies under (F⁺); nonrandomized semi-Markov and randomized Markov ones under (F⁻)).

Significance

Proposition 8.2 says the DP algorithm computes the true optimal cost of the Borel model, with no restriction to Markov or nonrandomized policies and with costs that may be unbounded in either direction. Corollary 8.2.1 identifies the regularity of the value function — lower semianalytic, possibly not Borel (Example 1 of Chapter 8) — and Proposition 8.3 turns the recursion into near-optimal policies. These results are the base case for the infinite-horizon theory of Chapter 9 (positive, negative and discounted models are analysed as limits of finite-horizon problems) and for the sufficient-statistic reduction of Chapter 10.

All results here are proved in the book. None is formalized: the platform has finite-state, finite-action DP theorems and Borel models with Borel-measurable policies, but no universally measurable policies, no lower semianalytic costs and no Ionescu-Tulcea construction for universally measurable kernels. The mission poses the finite-horizon Borel theory, with reusable infrastructure: the universal σ-algebra, universally measurable kernels, iterated path integrals representing integration against the induced path measure, and the operator calculus on extended-real functions with the convention ∞−∞=∞\infty-\infty=\infty∞−∞=∞.

Difficulty

The obvious argument fails at measurability. On countable spaces, Proposition 8.2 follows from the Part I argument: induct on KKK, choose near-minimising controls state by state, assemble them into a policy. On Borel spaces, a pointwise choice of near-minimisers is not a policy unless it is measurable, and T(J)T(J)T(J) is generally not Borel even when JJJ and ggg are; Borel policies are too few for ε\varepsilonε-optimal ones to exist. The book's way out needs the selection theorem for lower semianalytic functions (Proposition 7.50), integration of universally measurable functions against universally measurable kernels (Propositions 7.45–7.46), and care with infinite values: without (F⁺) or (F⁻), the integral of the stage sum and the sum of the stage integrals can disagree, and Lemma 8.1 fails.

Formalization scope

Lean conventions:

  • Spaces carry [TopologicalSpace X] [MeasurableSpace X] [BorelSpace X] [IsBorelSpace X] [Nonempty X]. IsBorelSpace is the book's Definition 7.7.
  • Extended reals are EReal. Addition inside costs and integrands uses the book's convention −∞+∞=+∞-\infty+\infty=+\infty−∞+∞=+∞ (badd), not Mathlib's, which gives ⊥+⊤=⊥\bot+\top=\bot⊥+⊤=⊥. Integrals are ∫f+−∫f−\int f^+-\int f^-∫f+−∫f− with ∞−∞=∞\infty-\infty=\infty∞−∞=∞ (extInt).
  • The universal σ-algebra is the intersection of all completions (universalSigma). Kernels are universally measurable in the sense of Lemma 7.28(b).
  • The integral against rN(π,p)r_N(\pi,p)rN​(π,p) is the iterated integral of Eq. (4) of Chapter 8 (pathInt).
  • Stages are indexed 0,…,N−10,\dots,N-10,…,N−1, and a history is kkk state–control pairs plus the current state.
  • ggg is stored on S×CS\times CS×C, but only its values on Γ\GammaΓ are constrained or used.

A trivializing formalization is excluded by construction. JK∗J^*_KJK∗​ is the infimum over all policies in Π′\Pi'Π′, not over Markov or nonrandomized ones. JK,πJ_{K,\pi}JK,π​ is the integral of the stage sum against the path measure, never the operator composition of Lemma 8.1, so the goal does not collapse to the Part I result.

A complete development needs:

  • the analytic-set and universal-measurability theory of §7.6–7.7: closure of analytic sets under projections and sections, measurability of integrals against universally measurable kernels (Proposition 7.46), and the selection theorem (Proposition 7.50);
  • extended-real integration lemmas in the style of Lemma 7.11.

This infrastructure is reusable for the infinite-horizon Borel models (Chapter 9), for the imperfect-information reduction (Chapter 10), and for papers that cite this book. Contributions of these supporting lemmas as separate theorems are welcome.

Selected references

  • D. P. Bertsekas and S. E. Shreve, Stochastic Optimal Control: The Discrete-Time Case, Academic Press, 1978; Athena Scientific reprint, 1996, Chapter 8. https://web.mit.edu/dimitrib/www/soc.html
  • D. Blackwell, Discounted dynamic programming, Ann. Math. Statist. 36 (1965), 226–235. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177700285
  • R. E. Strauch, Negative dynamic programming, Ann. Math. Statist. 37 (1966), 871–890. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177699369
  • D. Blackwell, D. Freedman and M. Orkin, The optimal reward operator in dynamic programming, Ann. Probab. 2 (1974), 926–941. https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1176996558
  • S. E. Shreve and D. P. Bertsekas, Universally measurable policies in dynamic programming, Math. Oper. Res. 4 (1979), 15–30. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.4.1.15
14 thms1 active userReviewed
CombinatoricsMarkov ChainOperations Research+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Reversibility and Stochastic Networks VI: The Ewens Sampling Distribution Is Consistent Under Sampling Without ReplacementTextbook

Motivation

The neutral theory of molecular evolution holds that much of the genetic variation observed at the molecular level is caused by selectively neutral mutations rather than by selection. To test it against data one needs the distribution of allele frequencies that a neutral model predicts, and in practice that distribution has to be compared with a sample from the population, never with the whole population. Ewens (Ewens 1972) derived the equilibrium distribution of allele counts under the infinite alleles model, now called the Ewens sampling formula; it underlies classical tests of neutrality and appears throughout combinatorics and probability as the law of the cycle type of an Ewens-distributed random permutation and of the Chinese restaurant process.

Chapter 7 of F. P. Kelly, Reversibility and Stochastic Networks (Wiley, 1979) obtains the infinite alleles model as a limit of the reversible migration processes of Chapters 2 and 6, and uses reversibility to answer questions about allele ages and fixation. The mission formalizes the finite, combinatorial results of that chapter.

Timeline. Kimura and Crow (1964) introduced the infinite alleles model. Ewens (1972) found its equilibrium sampling distribution (7.6). Kingman (1978, J. London Math. Soc.) characterized the consistency of random partitions under sampling, the property Theorem 7.1 asserts for the Ewens family. Kelly (1979, Chapter 7) derived (7.6) as a limit of reversible migration processes, and the consistency and the allele-age results from the reversibility of a labelled population process.

Setting

A population consists of M≥2M\ge2M≥2 individuals, each carrying an allelic type. Its description is M=(M1,…,MM)\mathbf M=(M_1,\dots,M_M)M=(M1​,…,MM​), where MiM_iMi​ is the number of allelic types carried by exactly iii individuals, so that

∑i=1MiMi=M.(7.3)\sum_{i=1}^{M} iM_i=M. \qquad (7.3)i=1∑M​iMi​=M.(7.3)

For a real parameter ν>0\nu>0ν>0, the Ewens distribution on descriptions is

πM(M)=(ν+M−1M)−1∏i=1M(νi)Mi1Mi!,(7.6)\pi_M(\mathbf M)=\binom{\nu+M-1}{M}^{-1}\prod_{i=1}^{M}\Big(\frac{\nu}{i}\Big)^{M_i}\frac{1}{M_i!}, \qquad (7.6)πM​(M)=(Mν+M−1​)−1i=1∏M​(iν​)Mi​Mi​!1​,(7.6)

where (xk)=x(x−1)⋯(x−k+1)/k!\binom{x}{k}=x(x-1)\cdots(x-k+1)/k!(kx​)=x(x−1)⋯(x−k+1)/k! is the binomial coefficient for real xxx. In the infinite alleles model, individuals die at rate μ\muμ, each death is followed by the birth of an offspring of a uniformly chosen survivor, and the offspring is a mutant of an entirely new type with probability uuu; then (7.6) is the equilibrium distribution with ν=(M−1)u/(1−u)\nu=(M-1)u/(1-u)ν=(M−1)u/(1−u) (7.5).

A random sample of size 1≤m≤M1\le m\le M1≤m≤M without replacement is a uniformly random mmm-element subset of the MMM labelled individuals, each of the (Mm)\binom Mm(mM​) subsets being equally likely; the sample has a description in the same sense.

The number jjj of individuals carrying one given allele performs a random walk on {0,…,M}\{0,\dots,M\}{0,…,M} with intensities

q(j,j−1)=μjM(M−jM−1+j−1M−1u),q(j,j+1)=μM−jMjM−1(1−u).(7.8)q(j,j-1)=\mu\frac jM\Big(\frac{M-j}{M-1}+\frac{j-1}{M-1}u\Big),\qquad q(j,j+1)=\mu\frac{M-j}{M}\frac{j}{M-1}(1-u). \qquad (7.8)q(j,j−1)=μMj​(M−1M−j​+M−1j−1​u),q(j,j+1)=μMM−j​M−1j​(1−u).(7.8)

An allele is quasi-fixed when it is the only allele present (j=Mj=Mj=M).

Formalization targets

Goal: consistency under sampling (Theorem 7.1)

If M≥2M\ge2M≥2 and the population description is distributed as πM\pi_MπM​, then a random sample of size 1≤m≤M1\le m\le M1≤m≤M drawn without replacement has description m\mathbf mm with probability πm(m)\pi_m(\mathbf m)πm​(m), the same ν\nuν being used for both sizes:

∑MπM(M) P(sample has description m∣population has description M)=πm(m).\sum_{\mathbf M}\pi_M(\mathbf M)\,P\big(\text{sample has description }\mathbf m\mid\text{population has description }\mathbf M\big)=\pi_m(\mathbf m).M∑​πM​(M)P(sample has description m∣population has description M)=πm​(m).

Milestones

  1. (7.6) is a distribution: πM(M)>0\pi_M(\mathbf M)>0πM​(M)>0 and ∑MπM(M)=1\sum_{\mathbf M}\pi_M(\mathbf M)=1∑M​πM​(M)=1 (Exercise 7.1.3).
  2. Theorem 7.1 for m=M−1m=M-1m=M−1, the case the book's proof establishes first.
  3. Corollary 7.5, the identity of its proof: the probability that a uniformly chosen individual's allele is carried by exactly iii individuals is
∑MiMiMπM(M)=νM(ν+M−1i)−1(Mi).(7.9)\sum_{\mathbf M}\frac{iM_i}{M}\pi_M(\mathbf M)=\frac{\nu}{M}\binom{\nu+M-1}{i}^{-1}\binom Mi. \qquad (7.9)M∑​MiMi​​πM​(M)=Mν​(iν+M−1​)−1(iM​).(7.9)
  1. Theorem 7.9: the probability QQQ that the walk (7.8) started at 111 reaches MMM before 000 satisfies
Q−1=∑i=0M−1(M−1i)−1(ν+M−1i).Q^{-1}=\sum_{i=0}^{M-1}\binom{M-1}{i}^{-1}\binom{\nu+M-1}{i}.Q−1=i=0∑M−1​(iM−1​)−1(iν+M−1​).

Significance

The results. Consistency under sampling is what makes the Ewens formula usable as a statistical model: the predicted distribution for an observed sample does not depend on the unknown population size, only on ν\nuν. Kelly deduces from it the sufficiency of the number of alleles in a sample for ν\nuν and the heterozygosity ν/(ν+1)\nu/(\nu+1)ν/(ν+1) (Exercises 7.1.5, 7.1.8). The formula (7.9) gives the equilibrium frequency of the oldest allele, and Theorem 7.9 gives the quasi-fixation probability from which the mean time between quasi-fixations follows (Corollary 7.10).

Formalizing them. All four results are classical and proved; none has a machine-checked proof on the platform or in Mathlib as of this writing. The mission produces a reusable formal Ewens distribution over integer partitions, a definition of sampling without replacement by counting labelled subsets, and an absorption probability for an explicit birth–death walk. Proofs independent of Kelly's process argument are welcome.

Difficulty

The book's proof of Theorem 7.1 is a process argument: in a population whose size fluctuates between M−1M-1M−1 and MMM, a drop in size acts as a random deletion, and the truncated equilibrium (7.7) restricted to each size gives πM−1\pi_{M-1}πM−1​ and πM\pi_MπM​. Turning that into a statement about finite sets requires the equilibrium of a truncated reversible process, which is not available here, so a formal proof must either build that process or find a direct combinatorial route. A direct route has to relate, for each description of the sample, the number of mmm-subsets of a labelled population with a given description to products of binomial coefficients, and sum the result against (7.6); the bookkeeping over partitions is where the work lies. Theorem 7.9 needs a solution of the first-step equations of a non-symmetric walk and the identification of that solution with a hitting probability defined as a limit.

Formalization scope

  • Descriptions of nnn individuals are integer partitions Nat.Partition n, with MiM_iMi​ the multiplicity of the part iii; the product in (7.6) runs over i=1,…,ni=1,\dots,ni=1,…,n. The real binomial coefficient is the published definition AppliedComb.GenFun.binomReal.
  • The population is Fin M with allelic types Fin M → ℕ; the description of a labelled set is computed from the labelling. The sampling probability is (Mm)−1\binom Mm^{-1}(mM​)−1 times the number of mmm-subsets whose restricted labelling has the given description. It is not defined by a formula on descriptions, and a definition that removed individuals one at a time in proportion to class sizes (the book's proof route) is ruled out as a definition because it presupposes the reduction the proof must supply.
  • The goal and Corollary 7.5 quantify over an arbitrary choice of labelling for each population description. They assume M≥2M\ge2M≥2, as required by the chapter's rule that a parent is chosen among the other M−1M-1M−1 individuals; the goal also assumes 1≤m≤M1\le m\le M1≤m≤M. Because πM>0\pi_M>0πM​>0, this forces the conditional sampling law to depend on the population only through its description. Types are natural numbers, so every description is realized and the hypothesis is never vacuous.
  • The quasi-fixation probability is defined through the jump chain of (7.8): the limit of the probabilities of reaching MMM within nnn jumps without reaching 000. The theorem assumes M≥2M\ge2M≥2, μ>0\mu>0μ>0, 0<u<10<u<10<u<1 and ν=(M−1)u/(1−u)\nu=(M-1)u/(1-u)ν=(M−1)u/(1−u).
  • Corollary 7.5 is formalized as the identity of its proof. The identification of the oldest allele's frequency with that of a randomly chosen individual uses allele ages and the reversibility of the labelled process (Theorem 7.2) and is not formalized. Theorem 7.2 itself, whose state space orders the allele labels within each class, and the allele-age results (Corollaries 7.3, 7.4, 7.7, 7.8, Theorem 7.6, Corollary 7.10, Theorem 7.11) are not part of the mission.

Contributions of general partition and sampling lemmas (counting subsets with a given description, the generating function identity (1−x)−ν=∏jeνxj/j(1-x)^{-\nu}=\prod_j e^{\nu x^j/j}(1−x)−ν=∏j​eνxj/j) are reusable beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • F. P. Kelly, Reversibility and Stochastic Networks, Wiley, 1979, Chapter 7. https://www.statslab.cam.ac.uk/~frank/BOOKS/kelly_book.html
  • W. J. Ewens, The sampling theory of selectively neutral alleles, Theoretical Population Biology 3 (1972), 87–112. https://doi.org/10.1016/0040-5809(72)90035-4
  • J. F. C. Kingman, The representation of partition structures, Journal of the London Mathematical Society (2) 18 (1978), 374–380. https://doi.org/10.1112/jlms/s2-18.2.374
  • M. Kimura and J. F. Crow, The number of alleles that can be maintained in a finite population, Genetics 49 (1964), 725–738. https://doi.org/10.1093/genetics/49.4.725
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchProbabilityTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

Approximation Algorithms for Stochastic Inventory Control Models 1: The Dual-Balancing Policy Costs at Most Twice the OptimumResearch Paper

Motivation

Periodic-review inventory control with backorders is one of the basic models of operations research: in each period a manager decides how much to order, orders arrive after a lead time, unmet demand is backlogged at a penalty, and stock left over is charged a holding cost. When demands in different periods are independent, dynamic programming yields an optimal base-stock policy and computing it is tractable. In practice demands are correlated and forecasts evolve over time, for example under the martingale model of forecast evolution (Heath and Jackson, 1994, doi:10.1080/07408179408966604). The dynamic program then has to range over all possible information states, whose number is typically exponential in the input (Zipkin, 2000), so optimal policies are out of reach and the heuristics in use came without performance guarantees.

Levi, Pál, Roundy and Shmoys (Math. Oper. Res. 32(2):284–302, 2007) gave the first policy for this model with a worst-case guarantee that holds for arbitrary correlated, nonstationary demand distributions: the dual-balancing policy costs at most twice the optimum in expectation. The analysis rests on a marginal cost accounting that charges each order, at the time it is placed, all the holding cost its units will ever incur. This mission formalizes that guarantee.

Setting

There are TTT periods t=1,…,Tt = 1, \dots, Tt=1,…,T and a known lead time L≥0L \ge 0L≥0: an order placed in period ttt arrives in period t+Lt + Lt+L. Period ttt has a per-unit holding cost ht≥0h_t \ge 0ht​≥0 and a per-unit backlogging penalty pt≥0p_t \ge 0pt​≥0. Ordering costs are zero (ct=0c_t = 0ct​=0), which is the standing assumption of the paper's §4. The initial data are the net inventory ni0ni_0ni0​ and the pipeline orders q1−L,…,q0≥0q_{1-L}, \dots, q_0 \ge 0q1−L​,…,q0​≥0.

Demands D1,…,DTD_1, \dots, D_TD1​,…,DT​ are nonnegative random variables on a probability space with a filtration (Ft)(\mathcal F_t)(Ft​); Ft\mathcal F_tFt​ is the information at the beginning of period ttt, and DtD_tDt​ is Ft+1\mathcal F_{t+1}Ft+1​-measurable. A feasible policy PPP places orders QtP≥0Q^P_t \ge 0QtP​≥0 that are Ft\mathcal F_tFt​-measurable. Write D[s,t]=∑j=stDjD_{[s,t]} = \sum_{j=s}^t D_jD[s,t]​=∑j=st​Dj​ (with Dj=0D_j = 0Dj​=0 for j≤0j \le 0j≤0), Xt=ni0+∑j=1−Lt−1Qj−D[1,t−1]X_t = ni_0 + \sum_{j=1-L}^{t-1} Q_j - D_{[1,t-1]}Xt​=ni0​+∑j=1−Lt−1​Qj​−D[1,t−1]​ for the inventory position before ordering and Yt=Xt+QtY_t = X_t + Q_tYt​=Xt​+Qt​ after ordering.

The marginal holding cost of period ttt is the holding cost that the units ordered in ttt incur until the end of the horizon, and the marginal backlogging cost is the penalty incurred one lead time later:

HtP=∑j=t+LThj (QtP−(D[t,j]−XtP)+)+,ΠtP=pt+L (D[t,t+L]−YtP)+.H^P_t = \sum_{j=t+L}^{T} h_j\,\bigl(Q^P_t - (D_{[t,j]} - X^P_t)^+\bigr)^+, \qquad \Pi^P_t = p_{t+L}\,\bigl(D_{[t,t+L]} - Y^P_t\bigr)^+ .HtP​=j=t+L∑T​hj​(QtP​−(D[t,j]​−XtP​)+)+,ΠtP​=pt+L​(D[t,t+L]​−YtP​)+.

The cost of PPP is C(P)=∑t=1T−L(HtP+ΠtP)\mathcal C(P) = \sum_{t=1}^{T-L}(H^P_t + \Pi^P_t)C(P)=∑t=1T−L​(HtP​+ΠtP​); by Eq. (3) it differs from the total holding and backlogging cost only by a policy-independent nonnegative term.

A dual-balancing policy BBB orders nothing after period T−LT - LT−L, and in each period t≤T−Lt \le T - Lt≤T−L orders the quantity that balances the two conditional expected marginal costs:

E[HtB∣Ft]=E[ΠtB∣Ft]almost surely.E\bigl[H^B_t \mid \mathcal F_t\bigr] = E\bigl[\Pi^B_t \mid \mathcal F_t\bigr] \quad\text{almost surely.}E[HtB​∣Ft​]=E[ΠtB​∣Ft​]almost surely.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.1

For every dual-balancing policy BBB and every feasible policy PPP,

E[C(B)]  ≤  2 E[C(P)].E[\mathcal C(B)] \;\le\; 2\,E[\mathcal C(P)] .E[C(B)]≤2E[C(P)].

The paper writes P=OPTP = OPTP=OPT; quantifying over all feasible PPP is the same statement whenever an optimum exists and needs no existence assumption.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 4.1. E[C(B)]=2∑t=1T−LE[Zt]E[\mathcal C(B)] = 2\sum_{t=1}^{T-L}E[Z_t]E[C(B)]=2∑t=1T−L​E[Zt​] with Zt=E[HtB∣Ft]Z_t = E[H^B_t \mid \mathcal F_t]Zt​=E[HtB​∣Ft​].
  2. Lemma 4.2. With TH={t:YtB<YtP}\mathcal T_H = \{t : Y^B_t < Y^P_t\}TH​={t:YtB​<YtP​}, ∑t∈THHtB≤∑t=1T−LHtP\sum_{t\in\mathcal T_H} H^B_t \le \sum_{t=1}^{T-L} H^P_t∑t∈TH​​HtB​≤∑t=1T−L​HtP​ on every realization.
  3. Lemma 4.3. With TΠ={t:YtB≥YtP}\mathcal T_\Pi = \{t : Y^B_t \ge Y^P_t\}TΠ​={t:YtB​≥YtP​}, ∑t∈TΠΠtB≤∑t=1T−LΠtP\sum_{t\in\mathcal T_\Pi} \Pi^B_t \le \sum_{t=1}^{T-L} \Pi^P_t∑t∈TΠ​​ΠtB​≤∑t=1T−L​ΠtP​ on every realization.

Two further items are not milestones. Eq. (3) states that, along every realization, the period-by-period holding and backlogging cost equals ∑t=1−L0Πt+H(−∞,0]+∑t=1T−L(Ht+Πt)\sum_{t=1-L}^{0}\Pi_t + H_{(-\infty,0]} + \sum_{t=1}^{T-L}(H_t + \Pi_t)∑t=1−L0​Πt​+H(−∞,0]​+∑t=1T−L​(Ht​+Πt​), which is why the cost of Eq. (4) is the right objective. The other states that a dual-balancing policy exists when hT>0h_T > 0hT​>0 and the demands are integrable, so the goal is not about an empty class.

Significance

The theorem gives a policy that is computable period by period, by a one-dimensional search, with a factor-two guarantee that holds for every joint demand distribution, including correlated, nonstationary and forecast-driven ones, where the optimal policy cannot be computed. The constant is tight: the paper exhibits instances where the ratio tends to two. The second mission of this series treats the stochastic lot-sizing problem of the same paper, which uses the same marginal cost accounting.

The result is proved in the paper; no machine-checked proof of it is known. Formalizing it produces a reusable model of the periodic-review backlogging system with lead times and adapted policies, a verified marginal cost identity, and a formal approximation guarantee for a stochastic inventory policy. The pathwise comparison lemmas are stated for arbitrary pairs of order sequences and so apply to other balancing-type policies.

Difficulty

The obvious attempt compares the two policies period by period. That fails: in a given period the dual-balancing policy may hold far more or far less inventory than the comparison policy, and neither the holding nor the backlogging cost of one period is bounded by the comparator's cost in that period. The comparison only works after re-charging holding costs to the period in which the units were ordered, which requires the identity Eq. (3) to be established exactly, including the pipeline units, the initial stock and the lead-time shift. The probabilistic step then needs the random index sets TH\mathcal T_HTH​ and TΠ\mathcal T_\PiTΠ​ to be determined by the information of period ttt, so that conditioning on Ft\mathcal F_tFt​ commutes with the indicators; this is where the nonanticipativity of both policies enters. The existence of a balancing quantity needs a measurable selection from conditional laws, and it fails without a positive late holding cost.

Formalization scope

  • Periods are integers (ℤ). Orders and demands are functions ℤ → Ω → ℝ; only periods 1,…,T1, \dots, T1,…,T are read, and the pipeline qtq_tqt​ is substituted for t≤0t \le 0t≤0.
  • Ordering costs are ct=0c_t = 0ct​=0 and there is no discounting, as in the paper's §4; the reduction of §4.6 from general instances is not formalized. The lead time LLL is general.
  • Information is an arbitrary Filtration ℤ to which demands are adapted with a one-period lag; the paper's information vectors are a special case, and randomized policies are covered when their randomness is part of the information.
  • Expected costs are lower Lebesgue integrals in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], so an infinite expected cost is never read as 000.
  • The balancing condition carries integrability of HtBH^B_tHtB​ and ΠtB\Pi^B_tΠtB​, so a conditional expectation of a non-integrable cost (which Mathlib sets to 000) cannot satisfy it vacuously. The existence item rules out an empty policy class.
  • Lemmas 4.2 and 4.3 are pathwise and do not use the balancing rule. The comparator totals are the marginal totals of Eq. (4), which is the stronger reading.
  • Eq. (2) prints Xt+LX_{t+L}Xt+L​ and its restatement on p. 292 prints ptp_tpt​; both are typos, and the formalization uses XtX_tXt​ and pt+Lp_{t+L}pt+L​.

A complete development needs finite-sum manipulations for Eq. (3) and Lemma 4.2, conditional expectation (tower property, pulling out bounded Ft\mathcal F_tFt​-measurable factors) for Lemma 4.1 and the goal, and regular conditional distributions with a measurable selection for the existence item. Theorem 4.2 (the randomized policy for integer demands) is outside this mission.

Selected references

  • R. Levi, M. Pál, R. O. Roundy, D. B. Shmoys, Approximation Algorithms for Stochastic Inventory Control Models, Mathematics of Operations Research 32(2):284–302, 2007. doi:10.1287/moor.1060.0205
  • D. C. Heath, P. L. Jackson, Modeling the evolution of demand forecasts with application to safety stock analysis in production/distribution systems, IIE Transactions 26(3):17–30, 1994. doi:10.1080/07408179408966604
  • P. H. Zipkin, Foundations of Inventory Management, McGraw-Hill, 2000. ISBN 978-0-256-11379-7.
6 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Quantifying the Bullwhip Effect in a Simple Supply Chain: The Impact of Forecasting, Lead Times, and Information 2: Without Shared Demand Information the Bullwhip Bound Is MultiplicativeResearch Paper

Motivation

The bullwhip effect is the observation that the variability of orders grows as one moves up a supply chain, from the retailer to the wholesaler, the distributor and the factory, even when customer demand is stable. It was documented in industry practice by Lee, Padmanabhan and Whang (Management Science, 1997), who identified demand forecasting as one of its main causes. Amplified order variability raises the safety stock, capacity and transportation costs of every upstream firm, so the question of how large the effect is, and what reduces it, is central to supply chain management.

Chen, Drezner, Ryan and Simchi-Levi (Management Science 46(3), 2000) quantified the effect for a retailer that forecasts with a moving average and follows an order-up-to policy. Their §3 asks whether sharing customer demand information with every stage removes the effect. Theorem 3.1 (the companion mission of this series) shows that it does not; Theorem 3.2, the goal of this mission, gives the lower bound for the chain in which no demand information is shared.

Setting

Time is indexed by the integers t∈Zt \in \mathbb Zt∈Z. The retailer faces i.i.d. demand

Dt=μ+ϵt,D_t = \mu + \epsilon_t,Dt​=μ+ϵt​,

where the error terms ϵt\epsilon_tϵt​ are independent and identically distributed from a symmetric distribution with mean 000 and variance σ2>0\sigma^2 > 0σ2>0.

Single-stage policy (§2). With p≥1p \ge 1p≥1 observations, a lead time LLL, a safety factor zzz and a constant CL,ρC_{L,\rho}CL,ρ​, the retailer forms the moving-average estimates

D^tL=L ∑i=1pDt−ip,σ^etL=CL,ρ∑i=1pet−i2p,et=Dt−D^t1,\hat D^L_t = L\,\frac{\sum_{i=1}^p D_{t-i}}{p}, \qquad \hat\sigma^L_{et} = C_{L,\rho}\sqrt{\frac{\sum_{i=1}^p e_{t-i}^2}{p}}, \qquad e_t = D_t - \hat D^1_t,D^tL​=Lp∑i=1p​Dt−i​​,σ^etL​=CL,ρ​p∑i=1p​et−i2​​​,et​=Dt​−D^t1​,

raises its inventory position to the order-up-to point yt=D^tL+zσ^etLy_t = \hat D^L_t + z\hat\sigma^L_{et}yt​=D^tL​+zσ^etL​, and so orders qt=yt−yt−1+Dt−1q_t = y_t - y_{t-1} + D_{t-1}qt​=yt​−yt−1​+Dt−1​. Orders may be negative: excess inventory is returned without cost.

Decentralized chain (§3). Stages k=1,2,…k = 1, 2, \dotsk=1,2,… form a serial chain; stage 1 is the retailer, and LkL_kLk​ is the lead time between stages kkk and k+1k+1k+1. No stage sees customer demand except the retailer. Stage kkk forecasts from the orders it receives,

D^t(1)=∑i=1pDt−ip,D^t(k)=∑j=0p−1qt−jk−1p(k≥2),\hat D^{(1)}_t = \frac{\sum_{i=1}^p D_{t-i}}{p}, \qquad \hat D^{(k)}_t = \frac{\sum_{j=0}^{p-1} q^{k-1}_{t-j}}{p} \quad (k \ge 2),D^t(1)​=p∑i=1p​Dt−i​​,D^t(k)​=p∑j=0p−1​qt−jk−1​​(k≥2),

uses the order-up-to point ytk=LkD^t(k)y^k_t = L_k\hat D^{(k)}_tytk​=Lk​D^t(k)​, and orders

qt1=yt1−yt−11+Dt−1,qtk=ytk−yt−1k+qtk−1(k≥2).q^1_t = y^1_t - y^1_{t-1} + D_{t-1}, \qquad q^k_t = y^k_t - y^k_{t-1} + q^{k-1}_t \quad (k \ge 2).qt1​=yt1​−yt−11​+Dt−1​,qtk​=ytk​−yt−1k​+qtk−1​(k≥2).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.2 (Eq. (7))

For every stage k≥1k \ge 1k≥1 and every period ttt,

Var⁡(qtk)Var⁡(Dt)  ≥  ∏i=1k(1+2Lip+2Li2p2).\frac{\operatorname{Var}(q^k_t)}{\operatorname{Var}(D_t)} \;\ge\; \prod_{i=1}^{k}\left(1 + \frac{2L_i}{p} + \frac{2L_i^2}{p^2}\right).Var(Dt​)Var(qtk​)​≥i=1∏k​(1+p2Li​​+p22Li2​​).

The bound is the paper's, with its explicit constants. The paper asserts no tightness for this theorem, and none is claimed.

Milestone: Eq. (6)

For the single-stage policy with any safety factor zzz and any constant CL,ρC_{L,\rho}CL,ρ​,

Var⁡(qt)Var⁡(Dt)  ≥  1+2Lp+2L2p2.\frac{\operatorname{Var}(q_t)}{\operatorname{Var}(D_t)} \;\ge\; 1 + \frac{2L}{p} + \frac{2L^2}{p^2}.Var(Dt​)Var(qt​)​≥1+p2L​+p22L2​.

This is the i.i.d. case ρ=0\rho = 0ρ=0 of the paper's Theorem 2.2. With z=0z = 0z=0 and L=L1L = L_1L=L1​ the single-stage orders are the stage-1 orders of the chain, so Eq. (6) contains the case k=1k = 1k=1 of the goal.

Significance

The result. Theorem 3.2 is half of the paper's comparison between centralized and decentralized information. When demand information is shared, the amplification from the retailer to stage kkk in the i.i.d. case equals 1+2(∑i≤kLi)/p+2(∑i≤kLi)2/p21 + 2(\sum_{i\le k}L_i)/p + 2(\sum_{i\le k}L_i)^2/p^21+2(∑i≤k​Li​)/p+2(∑i≤k​Li​)2/p2 (Eq. (8)), which grows additively in the lead times. Without sharing, the lower bound (7) is a product over stages and grows multiplicatively. The paper concludes that centralizing demand information "can significantly reduce the bullwhip effect", and that the gap widens as one moves up the chain. Eq. (6) is the single-stage statement that forecasting with a moving average alone already amplifies variability, by a factor depending only on the ratio L/pL/pL/p.

Formalizing it. The paper gives no proof of Theorem 3.2; it refers to Ryan (1997, PhD thesis) and to Chen et al. (1998). A machine-checked proof would therefore supply the first self-contained, verified argument for the multiplicative bound. The Gaussian special case of Eq. (6) is already formalized on Prove2Me, in the Snyder–Shen chapter on the bullwhip effect (SupplyChainTheory.bullwhip_signal_processing at ρ=0\rho = 0ρ=0); that statement assumes Gaussian errors, whereas this mission assumes only symmetry, mean 000 and variance σ2\sigma^2σ2. Neither the multistage bound nor the symmetric-error version of Eq. (6) has a formal proof.

Difficulty

The natural first idea is induction on the stage: treat the orders of stage k−1k-1k−1 as the demand of stage kkk and apply the single-stage bound. That step fails, because the single-stage bound is a statement about i.i.d. demand, and the orders reaching stage k≥2k \ge 2k≥2 are not i.i.d.: they are autocorrelated, and stage kkk's moving average of those orders interacts with the correlation in a way that can raise or lower the variance. Whether the product bound survives depends on controlling that interaction at every stage. For Eq. (6), the safety-stock term zσ^etLz\hat\sigma^L_{et}zσ^etL​ is a nonlinear function of the demands, and only symmetry of the errors, not normality, is available to control its interaction with the linear part of the order.

Formalization scope

All objects live in the namespace ChenBullwhip.Decentralized.

  • IIDDemand P is the demand model on a probability space (Ω,P)(\Omega, P)(Ω,P): a constant mu, sigma > 0, and errors eps : ℤ → Ω → ℝ that are measurable, mutually independent (iIndepFun), identically distributed, symmetric (eps t and -eps t have the same law), in L2L^2L2, with mean 000 and variance sigma ^ 2. Demand is D t = mu + eps t. Variances are Mathlib's ProbabilityTheory.variance.
  • SingleStage defines D^tL\hat D^L_tD^tL​, ete_tet​, σ^etL\hat\sigma^L_{et}σ^etL​, yty_tyt​ and qtq_tqt​ of §2; CL,ρC_{L,\rho}CL,ρ​ is a free real parameter, as the paper does not fix it.
  • Chain defines the forecasts D^t(k)\hat D^{(k)}_tD^t(k)​ and the orders qtkq^k_tqtk​ by recursion on the stage, with the convention qt0=Dt−1q^0_t = D_{t-1}qt0​=Dt−1​, so that stage 1 orders yt1−yt−11+Dt−1y^1_t - y^1_{t-1} + D_{t-1}yt1​−yt−11​+Dt−1​. The recursion qtk=ytk−yt−1k+qtk−1q^k_t = y^k_t - y^k_{t-1} + q^{k-1}_tqtk​=ytk​−yt−1k​+qtk−1​ is not printed in the paper; it is the §2.2 order identity applied to a stage whose incoming demand is qtk−1q^{k-1}_tqtk−1​, as the sequence of events on p. 440 describes.

Disclosed hypotheses not on the page: p≥1p \ge 1p≥1 (a moving average needs an observation), σ>0\sigma > 0σ>0 (the paper divides by Var⁡(D)=σ2\operatorname{Var}(D) = \sigma^2Var(D)=σ2), and square-integrable errors (Mathlib's variance is 000 off L2L^2L2). The paper's model (1) asks μ≥0\mu \ge 0μ≥0; since μ\muμ affects no variance, no sign condition is imposed. Lead times are natural numbers. The statements hold in every period ttt, with no stationarity hypothesis.

Trivializing formalizations are excluded: the orders are computed from the demands, not posited processes with a given covariance; the variances are genuine because every random variable involved is square integrable; and the ratio's denominator is σ2>0\sigma^2 > 0σ2>0.

A complete development needs variance and covariance calculus for finite linear combinations of independent L2L^2L2 variables, and, for Eq. (6), the vanishing of the covariance between an odd and an even function of a symmetric random vector. Both are reusable well beyond this mission. Proofs of either target, and general lemmas on variances of linear filters of i.i.d. sequences, are welcome.

Selected references

  • F. Chen, Z. Drezner, J. K. Ryan, D. Simchi-Levi, Quantifying the Bullwhip Effect in a Simple Supply Chain: The Impact of Forecasting, Lead Times, and Information, Management Science 46(3):436–443, 2000. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.46.3.436.12069
  • H. L. Lee, V. Padmanabhan, S. Whang, Information Distortion in a Supply Chain: The Bullwhip Effect, Management Science 43(4):546–558, 1997. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.43.4.546
  • J. K. Ryan, Analysis of Inventory Models with Limited Demand Information, Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Industrial Engineering and Management Science, Northwestern University, 1997.
  • L. V. Snyder, Z.-J. M. Shen, Fundamentals of Supply Chain Theory, 2nd ed., Wiley, 2019, Chapter 13 (formalized on Prove2Me as SupplyChainTheory.*).
5 thms1 active userReviewed
Markov ChainOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

On the Stochastic Matrices Associated with Certain Queuing Processes 1: The M/G/1 Imbedded Chain Is Ergodic iff ρ < 1 and Recurrent iff ρ ≤ 1Research Paper

Motivation

Many queues observed at well-chosen instants are Markov chains on the nonnegative integers. For the single-server queue with Poisson arrivals and general service times (M/G/1), D. G. Kendall showed in 1951 that the number of customers left behind at successive departure epochs is such a chain, the imbedded Markov chain (Kendall 1951; Kendall 1953). Whether the queue settles into a steady state, keeps returning to empty without settling, or grows without bound is then a question about this chain: is it ergodic, null recurrent, or transient?

F. G. Foster's 1953 paper (doi:10.1214/aoms/1177728976) answers this question by first proving general criteria for an irreducible chain on {0,1,2,… }\{0,1,2,\dots\}{0,1,2,…}, stated as solvability conditions for linear inequalities in the transition matrix, and then applying them to the M/G/1 and GI/M/1 chains. Theorem 2 of the paper is the drift condition now known as Foster's criterion, the starting point of the Lyapunov-function method for the stability of queues and stochastic networks (Meyn and Tweedie 2009). This mission is the M/G/1 half of the paper.

Timeline:

  • 1951–1953, Kendall. Introduces the imbedded chains of M/G/1 and GI/M/1 and obtains most of their classification by direct methods.
  • 1953, Foster. Derives the classification from general criteria: Theorem 2 (ergodicity), Theorems 4–6 (transience and recurrence).
  • 1950s onward. The criteria become the standard tools (Feller's text; later the drift conditions of Meyn and Tweedie).

Setting

A Markov chain on the states {0,1,2,… }\{0,1,2,\dots\}{0,1,2,…} is given by a transition matrix P=[pij]P=[p_{ij}]P=[pij​]: pij≥0p_{ij}\ge0pij​≥0 and ∑jpij=1\sum_j p_{ij}=1∑j​pij​=1 for every row iii. Write fij(n)f_{ij}^{(n)}fij(n)​ for the probability that the chain started in iii first reaches jjj (for i=ji=ji=j, first returns to jjj) at step n≥1n\ge1n≥1. The chain is irreducible if every state can be reached from every other, and aperiodic if for every state the return times have greatest common divisor 111. A state jjj is recurrent if fjj=∑nfjj(n)=1f_{jj}=\sum_n f_{jj}^{(n)}=1fjj​=∑n​fjj(n)​=1 and transient if fjj<1f_{jj}<1fjj​<1; a recurrent state is ergodic (positive recurrent, "recurrent-nonnull") if in addition its mean recurrence time ∑nnfjj(n)\sum_n n f_{jj}^{(n)}∑n​nfjj(n)​ is finite. The mean first-passage time from iii to jjj is μij=∑n≥1nfij(n)∈[0,∞]\mu_{ij}=\sum_{n\ge1} n f_{ij}^{(n)}\in[0,\infty]μij​=∑n≥1​nfij(n)​∈[0,∞].

The M/G/1 matrix is built from a sequence k0,k1,…k_0,k_1,\dotsk0​,k1​,… of positive numbers summing to one (knk_nkn​ is the probability of nnn arrivals during one service):

[pij]=[k0k1k2⋯k0k1k2⋯0k0k1⋯00k0⋯⋮⋮⋮],[p_{ij}] = \begin{bmatrix} k_0 & k_1 & k_2 & \cdots \\ k_0 & k_1 & k_2 & \cdots \\ 0 & k_0 & k_1 & \cdots \\ 0 & 0 & k_0 & \cdots \\ \vdots & \vdots & \vdots & \end{bmatrix},[pij​]=​k0​k0​00⋮​k1​k1​k0​0⋮​k2​k2​k1​k0​⋮​⋯⋯⋯⋯​​,

that is, p0j=kjp_{0j}=k_jp0j​=kj​ and, for i≥1i\ge1i≥1, pij=kj−i+1p_{ij}=k_{j-i+1}pij​=kj−i+1​ when j≥i−1j\ge i-1j≥i−1 and 000 otherwise. The traffic intensity is

ρ=∑n=1∞n kn∈[0,∞],\rho=\sum_{n=1}^{\infty}n\,k_n\in[0,\infty],ρ=n=1∑∞​nkn​∈[0,∞],

the mean number of arrivals per service.

Formalization targets

Goal: the M/G/1 classification (§3, p. 358)

the chain is ergodic  ⟺  ρ<1,the chain is recurrent  ⟺  ρ≤1.\text{the chain is ergodic}\iff\rho<1,\qquad\text{the chain is recurrent}\iff\rho\le1 .the chain is ergodic⟺ρ<1,the chain is recurrent⟺ρ≤1.

The goal leaves kkk arbitrary apart from positivity and normalization; in particular ρ=∞\rho=\inftyρ=∞ is allowed and falls in the transient case.

Milestones (the paper's general theorems and the step of §3 they feed)

  1. Theorem 2 (drift criterion): a nonnegative solution of ∑jpijyj≤yi−1\sum_j p_{ij}y_j\le y_i-1∑j​pij​yj​≤yi​−1 (i≠0i\ne0i=0) with ∑jp0jyj<∞\sum_j p_{0j}y_j<\infty∑j​p0j​yj​<∞ makes the system ergodic. Already posed on the platform and referenced here.
  2. Theorem 3: in an ergodic system the mean first-passage times dj=μj0d_j=\mu_{j0}dj​=μj0​ are finite and satisfy ∑j≥1pijdj=di−1\sum_{j\ge1}p_{ij}d_j=d_i-1∑j≥1​pij​dj​=di​−1 (i≠0i\ne0i=0), ∑j≥1p0jdj<∞\sum_{j\ge1}p_{0j}d_j<\infty∑j≥1​p0j​dj​<∞.
  3. §3 display: for the ergodic M/G/1 chain, μi,i−1=μ10\mu_{i,i-1}=\mu_{10}μi,i−1​=μ10​ and μi0=iμ10\mu_{i0}=i\mu_{10}μi0​=iμ10​ (i≠0i\ne0i=0).
  4. Theorem 5: a solution of ∑jpijyj≤yi\sum_j p_{ij}y_j\le y_i∑j​pij​yj​≤yi​ (i≠0i\ne0i=0) with yi→∞y_i\to\inftyyi​→∞ makes the system recurrent.
  5. Theorem 7: for a probability distribution {pn}\{p_n\}{pn​} with p0>0p_0>0p0​>0, ∑nznpn=z\sum_n z^np_n=z∑n​znpn​=z has a root in (0,1)(0,1)(0,1) iff ∑n≥1npn>1\sum_{n\ge1}np_n>1∑n≥1​npn​>1.
  6. Theorem 4: the system is transient iff ∑jpijyj=yi\sum_j p_{ij}y_j=y_i∑j​pij​yj​=yi​ (i≠0i\ne0i=0) has a bounded nonconstant solution.

Significance

The result. The classification is the stability theorem for the M/G/1 queue: for ρ<1\rho<1ρ<1 the departure-epoch queue length has a stationary distribution, which is what the Pollaczek–Khinchine formula describes; for ρ=1\rho=1ρ=1 the queue empties infinitely often but has no steady state; for ρ>1\rho>1ρ>1 it grows without bound. The general criteria behind it (Theorems 2, 4, 5) apply to any chain on the nonnegative integers and are reused in the companion GI/M/1 mission and throughout queueing and Markov-chain stability theory.

Formalizing it. All results here are proved on paper (Kendall and Foster, 1951–1953, with Theorems 3 and 7 classical lemmas from Feller). None of them is known to have a machine-checked proof against a Lean development of countable-state Markov chains. The mission produces such proofs on the published discrete-chain vocabulary (transition matrices, first-passage probabilities, return probabilities, positive recurrence), together with the general Foster criteria as reusable theorems. Theorem 2 is already posed as an open platform theorem and is reused here.

Difficulty

The queue-specific part of the argument is short once the general criteria are available; the weight of the mission is in those criteria. They relate qualitative properties of an infinite chain (ergodicity, recurrence, transience) to solvability of infinite systems of linear inequalities, and this needs limit behaviour of the nnn-step probabilities pij(n)p_{ij}^{(n)}pij(n)​ and of hitting probabilities of state 000, none of which follows from finite-state arguments. Two further points resist the naive approach. The converse directions (ergodic ⇒ρ<1\Rightarrow\rho<1⇒ρ<1, recurrent ⇒ρ≤1\Rightarrow\rho\le1⇒ρ≤1) need exact identities for mean first-passage times, not just bounds, and these must be handled in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] because the means may be infinite. And the boundary case ρ=1\rho=1ρ=1 (null recurrence) separates the two equivalences: an argument that only compares the mean drift ρ−1\rho-1ρ−1 with 000, such as a law of large numbers for the increments, cannot tell recurrence from transience there.

Formalization scope

  • The chain is the published QueueingFundamentals.Foundations.TransitionMatrix (entries P.p i j, rows summing to 111 as a HasSum), with its firstPassage, returnProb, Irreducible, Aperiodic and PositiveRecurrent. "Ergodic" is P.PositiveRecurrent; aperiodicity is the paper's standing assumption and is not folded into it a second time.
  • States are indexed from 000, as in the paper; "i≠0i\ne0i=0" is i ≠ 0.
  • The M/G/1 matrix is a function mg1Matrix k : ℕ → ℕ → ℝ; the goal and the §3 display quantify over every TransitionMatrix P with P.p = mg1Matrix k. Such a P exists for every admissible k (checked in a sorry-free local file for ki=2−(i+1)k_i=2^{-(i+1)}ki​=2−(i+1)).
  • ∑nkn=1\sum_n k_n=1∑n​kn​=1 is added as the meaning of "stochastic matrix"; §3 writes only ki>0k_i>0ki​>0.
  • ρ\rhoρ and all mean first-passage times are extended nonnegative reals ([0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]), so divergent means are ∞\infty∞, never 000. Theorem 7's mean is also taken in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞].
  • Recurrent means fjj=1f_{jj}=1fjj​=1 for every state jjj; transient means fjj<1f_{jj}<1fjj​<1 for every state. For irreducible chains these are complementary, which is a theorem, not a definition.
  • The general Theorems 3, 4 and 5 assume irreducibility and aperiodicity, the paper's standing assumption of §1. The goal does not assume them: they follow from ki>0k_i>0ki​>0.
  • Every series in a hypothesis carries its convergence (Summable or HasSum); Theorem 3's equation (6) is written as di=1+∑j≥1pijdjd_i=1+\sum_{j\ge1}p_{ij}d_jdi​=1+∑j≥1​pij​dj​ in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] together with finiteness of the djd_jdj​, j≠0j\ne0j=0.
  • Theorem 7's distribution is renamed qqq in Lean to avoid a clash with pijp_{ij}pij​. Theorem 1 of the paper (§2) and Theorem 6 are not targets of this mission.

Ruled out: ρ\rhoρ as a real tsum (which is 000 for a divergent series and would call a heavy-tailed chain ergodic); defining "ergodic" or "recurrent" through the existence of Lyapunov or drift functions (which would make the criteria tautological); a goal over a matrix PPP that need not exist.

Contributions welcome: proofs of the general criteria (Theorems 2–5) on the published chain vocabulary, the limit theorem pij(n)→πjp_{ij}^{(n)}\to\pi_jpij(n)​→πj​ for irreducible aperiodic chains, first-step analysis for hitting times, and Theorem 7 as a lemma on probability generating functions; all of these are reusable beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • F. G. Foster, On the stochastic matrices associated with certain queuing processes, The Annals of Mathematical Statistics 24(3), 355–360, 1953. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177728976
  • D. G. Kendall, Some problems in the theory of queues, Journal of the Royal Statistical Society B 13(2), 151–185, 1951. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.2517-6161.1951.tb00093.x
  • D. G. Kendall, Stochastic processes occurring in the theory of queues and their analysis by the method of the imbedded Markov chain, The Annals of Mathematical Statistics 24(3), 338–354, 1953. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177728975
  • W. Feller, An Introduction to Probability Theory and Its Applications, Vol. I, Wiley, 1950.
  • S. Meyn and R. L. Tweedie, Markov Chains and Stochastic Stability, 2nd ed., Cambridge University Press, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511626630
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Dimensioning Large Call Centers IV: Asymptotically Optimal Staffing under a Waiting-Cost ConstraintResearch Paper

Motivation

A call center has to decide how many agents to staff. In practice the decision is often posed as a service-level constraint rather than a cost trade-off: use the fewest agents for which the expected waiting cost, or the fraction of customers who wait, stays below a target. Borst, Mandelbaum and Reiman (CWI Report PNA-R0015, 2000; journal version in Operations Research 52(1), 2004, doi:10.1287/opre.1030.0081) treat this constraint problem in Section 8 of their paper, alongside the cost-minimization problem of Sections 5–7, and show that a simple square-root staffing rule solves it asymptotically as the arrival rate grows.

The rule matters because it is what practitioners use. Under the classical Erlang-C model, the exact optimum requires evaluating the Erlang-C formula over many staffing levels. The asymptotic rule replaces this with a single equation in the Halfin–Whitt function PPP: when the target is a delay probability ε\varepsilonε (Example 8.5 of the paper), it reduces to staffing λ/μ+P−1(ε)λ/μ\lambda/\mu + P^{-1}(\varepsilon)\sqrt{\lambda/\mu}λ/μ+P−1(ε)λ/μ​ servers.

Timeline. Erlang's formula for the M/M/N delay probability dates from 1917. Halfin and Whitt (Operations Research 29, 1981) identified the limit P(x)P(x)P(x) of the delay probability under square-root staffing N=λ/μ+xλ/μN = \lambda/\mu + x\sqrt{\lambda/\mu}N=λ/μ+xλ/μ​ with integer NNN. Jagers and Van Doorn (Operations Research Letters 5, 1986; SIAM Review 33, 1991) studied the continued Erlang loss and delay functions at non-integer numbers of servers, including their convexity, which is what lets the staffing problem be relaxed to a continuous one. Borst, Mandelbaum and Reiman (2000/2004) used these to prove asymptotic optimality of square-root rules for both the cost and the constraint formulations.

Setting

Customers arrive at rate λ\lambdaλ to NNN identical servers, each with service rate μ>0\mu > 0μ>0; μ\muμ is fixed while λ→∞\lambda \to \inftyλ→∞. Stability requires N>λ/μN > \lambda/\muN>λ/μ. A customer who waits ttt time units costs Dλ(t)D_\lambda(t)Dλ​(t), where Dλ(0)=0D_\lambda(0) = 0Dλ​(0)=0, DλD_\lambdaDλ​ is strictly increasing on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) and ∫0∞Dλ(t)e−θt dt<∞\int_0^\infty D_\lambda(t)e^{-\theta t}\,dt < \infty∫0∞​Dλ​(t)e−θtdt<∞ for all θ>0\theta > 0θ>0.

The Erlang-C probability of waiting is

π(N,ν)=νNN!{(1−ν/N)∑n=0N−1νnn!+νNN!}−1,\pi(N,\nu) = \frac{\nu^N}{N!}\Big\{(1-\nu/N)\sum_{n=0}^{N-1}\frac{\nu^n}{n!} + \frac{\nu^N}{N!}\Big\}^{-1},π(N,ν)=N!νN​{(1−ν/N)n=0∑N−1​n!νn​+N!νN​}−1,

and the conditional waiting cost is G(N,λ)=(Nμ−λ)∫0∞Dλ(t)e−(Nμ−λ)t dtG(N,\lambda) = (N\mu-\lambda)\int_0^\infty D_\lambda(t)e^{-(N\mu-\lambda)t}\,dtG(N,λ)=(Nμ−λ)∫0∞​Dλ​(t)e−(Nμ−λ)tdt. The waiting cost per unit time with NNN servers is

K(N,λ)=λ π(N,λ/μ) G(N,λ).K(N,\lambda) = \lambda\,\pi(N,\lambda/\mu)\,G(N,\lambda).K(N,λ)=λπ(N,λ/μ)G(N,λ).

Given a target Mλ>0M_\lambda > 0Mλ​>0, the optimal staffing level is the least integer N>λ/μN > \lambda/\muN>λ/μ with K(N,λ)≤MλK(N,\lambda) \le M_\lambdaK(N,λ)≤Mλ​; call it Nλ∗N^*_\lambdaNλ∗​.

In the continuous parametrization Nλ(x)=λ/μ+xλ/μN_\lambda(x) = \lambda/\mu + x\sqrt{\lambda/\mu}Nλ​(x)=λ/μ+xλ/μ​, define Gλ(x)=λG(Nλ(x),λ)G_\lambda(x) = \lambda G(N_\lambda(x),\lambda)Gλ​(x)=λG(Nλ​(x),λ), the continuous Erlang-C function πλ(x)=H(Nλ(x),λ/μ)\pi_\lambda(x) = H(N_\lambda(x),\lambda/\mu)πλ​(x)=H(Nλ​(x),λ/μ) with H(M,α)={α∫0∞e−αtt(1+t)M−1dt}−1H(M,\alpha) = \{\alpha\int_0^\infty e^{-\alpha t}t(1+t)^{M-1}dt\}^{-1}H(M,α)={α∫0∞​e−αtt(1+t)M−1dt}−1, and Kλ(x)=πλ(x)Gλ(x)K_\lambda(x) = \pi_\lambda(x)G_\lambda(x)Kλ​(x)=πλ​(x)Gλ​(x). The Halfin–Whitt function is P(x)=1/(1+x/h(−x))P(x) = 1/(1 + x/h(-x))P(x)=1/(1+x/h(−x)) with h=ϕ/(1−Φ)h = \phi/(1-\Phi)h=ϕ/(1−Φ) the standard normal hazard rate. A staffing function xλ>0x_\lambda > 0xλ​>0 is judged by the rounding gap

Tλ(x)=min⁡{∣K(⌊Nλ(x)⌋,λ)−Mλ∣, ∣K(⌈Nλ(x)⌉,λ)−Mλ∣, ∣K(⌈Nλ(x)⌉,λ)−K(Nλ∗,λ)∣}.T_\lambda(x) = \min\big\{|K(\lfloor N_\lambda(x)\rfloor,\lambda) - M_\lambda|,\ |K(\lceil N_\lambda(x)\rceil,\lambda) - M_\lambda|,\ |K(\lceil N_\lambda(x)\rceil,\lambda) - K(N^*_\lambda,\lambda)|\big\}.Tλ​(x)=min{∣K(⌊Nλ​(x)⌋,λ)−Mλ​∣, ∣K(⌈Nλ​(x)⌉,λ)−Mλ​∣, ∣K(⌈Nλ​(x)⌉,λ)−K(Nλ∗​,λ)∣}.

It is asymptotically optimal when Tλ(xλ)/Mλ→0T_\lambda(x_\lambda)/M_\lambda \to 0Tλ​(xλ​)/Mλ​→0 as λ→∞\lambda\to\inftyλ→∞.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 8.2 (rationalized regime)

Suppose that for some κ>0\kappa > 0κ>0 and γ∈(0,∞)\gamma \in (0,\infty)γ∈(0,∞), Gλ(κ)/Mλ→γG_\lambda(\kappa)/M_\lambda \to \gammaGλ​(κ)/Mλ​→γ, i.e. the waiting cost is comparable to the target. Let yλ∗>0y^*_\lambda > 0yλ∗​>0 solve P(y)Gλ(y)=MλP(y)G_\lambda(y) = M_\lambdaP(y)Gλ​(y)=Mλ​. Then

lim⁡λ→∞Tλ(yλ∗)Mλ=0.\lim_{\lambda\to\infty}\frac{T_\lambda(y^*_\lambda)}{M_\lambda} = 0.λ→∞lim​Mλ​Tλ​(yλ∗​)​=0.

Supporting milestones

  • Lemma C.1: GλG_\lambdaGλ​ is strictly convex and decreasing on (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞).
  • Section 3: πλ(x)=π(Nλ(x),λ/μ)\pi_\lambda(x) = \pi(N_\lambda(x),\lambda/\mu)πλ​(x)=π(Nλ​(x),λ/μ) when Nλ(x)N_\lambda(x)Nλ​(x) is an integer.
  • Lemma 8.1: if zλ∗>0z^*_\lambda > 0zλ∗​>0 solves π^λ(z)G^λ(z)=Mλ\hat\pi_\lambda(z)\hat G_\lambda(z) = M_\lambdaπ^λ​(z)G^λ​(z)=Mλ​ and Kλ(zλ∗)/(π^λG^λ)(zλ∗)→1K_\lambda(z^*_\lambda)/(\hat\pi_\lambda\hat G_\lambda)(z^*_\lambda) \to 1Kλ​(zλ∗​)/(π^λ​G^λ​)(zλ∗​)→1, then Tλ(zλ∗)/Mλ→0T_\lambda(z^*_\lambda)/M_\lambda \to 0Tλ​(zλ∗​)/Mλ​→0.
  • Lemma B.1: PPP is strictly convex and decreasing on (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞).
  • Eq. (17): lim sup⁡aλ/b=∞\limsup a_\lambda/b = \inftylimsupaλ​/b=∞ implies lim inf⁡P(aλ)/P(b)=0\liminf P(a_\lambda)/P(b) = 0liminfP(aλ​)/P(b)=0 and lim inf⁡πλ(aλ)/πλ(b)=0\liminf \pi_\lambda(a_\lambda)/\pi_\lambda(b) = 0liminfπλ​(aλ​)/πλ​(b)=0.
  • Lemma 4.1 (Halfin–Whitt): for bounded xλ>0x_\lambda > 0xλ​>0, πλ(xλ)/P(xλ)→1\pi_\lambda(x_\lambda)/P(x_\lambda) \to 1πλ​(xλ​)/P(xλ​)→1; with xλ→xx_\lambda \to xxλ​→x, πλ(xλ)/P(x)→1\pi_\lambda(x_\lambda)/P(x)\to 1πλ​(xλ​)/P(x)→1.

Further target: Theorem 8.6 (efficiency-driven regime)

If Gλ(κ)/Mλ→0G_\lambda(\kappa)/M_\lambda \to 0Gλ​(κ)/Mλ​→0 for every κ>0\kappa > 0κ>0 and yλ∗>0y^*_\lambda > 0yλ∗​>0 solves Gλ(y)=MλG_\lambda(y) = M_\lambdaGλ​(y)=Mλ​, then Tλ(yλ∗)/Mλ→0T_\lambda(y^*_\lambda)/M_\lambda \to 0Tλ​(yλ∗​)/Mλ​→0.

Significance

The theorem certifies the staffing rule used in workforce-management practice: the excess staffing is determined by one scalar equation involving the Gaussian function PPP and the scaled waiting cost, and rounding the resulting staffing level misses the constraint by a vanishing fraction of the target. Lemma 8.1 is a reusable framework: any approximation π^λG^λ\hat\pi_\lambda\hat G_\lambdaπ^λ​G^λ​ that is asymptotically exact at the proposed staffing level yields an asymptotically optimal rule, and the paper instantiates it in three regimes (Theorems 8.2, 8.6, 8.9).

The results are proved on paper. To the best of current knowledge none of them, nor the Halfin–Whitt limit for the continuous Erlang-C extension, has a machine-checked proof. A formalization would produce the first verified heavy-traffic limit of the Erlang-C delay probability, a verified continuous Erlang-C extension with its integer identity, and the convexity facts about PPP and GλG_\lambdaGλ​ that many staffing papers cite without proof.

Difficulty

The obvious argument is to quote Halfin and Whitt: the delay probability converges to P(x)P(x)P(x) under square-root staffing, so PPP can replace the Erlang-C formula. That limit, as published in 1981, is about integer server counts along sequences with a convergent excess-staffing parameter. The paper needs it for the continuous function HHH at non-integer server counts and for staffing functions that are merely bounded, and it also needs the identity H(N,ν)=π(N,ν)H(N,\nu) = \pi(N,\nu)H(N,ν)=π(N,ν) at integers and the monotonicity of πλ\pi_\lambdaπλ​ in xxx, both cited from Jagers and Van Doorn rather than proved. None of these is in Mathlib. A second obstacle is that the staffing function yλ∗y^*_\lambdayλ∗​ is defined only implicitly by an equation involving GλG_\lambdaGλ​, which depends on the arbitrary cost functions DλD_\lambdaDλ​; nothing a priori prevents it from escaping to infinity, outside the range where the Halfin–Whitt approximation applies. Finally, TλT_\lambdaTλ​ compares integer-level costs given by the Erlang-C formula with a continuous approximation, so both representations of the delay probability are in play at once.

Formalization scope

The queue itself is not formalized: there is no Markov chain and no waiting-time distribution. Every statement is about the closed-form waiting cost K(N,λ)K(N,\lambda)K(N,λ) with π\piπ given by the Erlang-C formula, exactly as the paper's analysis is. Conventions, all in the namespace DimCallCenters.Constraint:

  • lam : ℝ is the arrival rate (λ is a Lean keyword); limits are Filter.atTop in lam, with μ fixed. Objects indexed by λ (MλM_\lambdaMλ​, Nλ∗N^*_\lambdaNλ∗​, yλ∗y^*_\lambdayλ∗​) are functions of lam constrained only for lam > 0.
  • WaitModel packages μ > 0 and DλD_\lambdaDλ​ with Dλ(0)=0D_\lambda(0) = 0Dλ​(0)=0, strict monotonicity on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞), and integrability of Dλ(t)e−θtD_\lambda(t)e^{-\theta t}Dλ​(t)e−θt on (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞) for θ > 0 (the paper's finiteness of GGG; integrability is required because Lean's integral of a non-integrable function is 0).
  • Nλ∗N^*_\lambdaNλ∗​ is a function Nstar : ℝ → ℕ given with its two defining properties (feasible; below every feasible integer level above λ/μ). yλ∗y^*_\lambdayλ∗​ and zλ∗z^*_\lambdazλ∗​ are any positive solutions of their equations; existence and uniqueness are not hypotheses.
  • In TλT_\lambdaTλ​ the round-down term is dropped when ⌊Nλ(x)⌋≤λ/μ\lfloor N_\lambda(x)\rfloor \le \lambda/\mu⌊Nλ​(x)⌋≤λ/μ (an unstable level where KKK is undefined). This can only enlarge TλT_\lambdaTλ​.
  • Asymptotic relations are limits of ratios. lim sup⁡=∞\limsup = \inftylimsup=∞ and lim inf⁡=0\liminf = 0liminf=0 are stated with ∃ᶠ ("frequently"), lim sup⁡<∞\limsup < \inftylimsup<∞ as eventual boundedness.
  • PPP is defined through explicit ϕ\phiϕ, Φ\PhiΦ, hhh; the formula also gives P(0)=1P(0) = 1P(0)=1, used in Lemma 4.1(2) at x=0x = 0x=0.
  • No hypothesis lim⁡N↓λ/μG(N,λ)=∞\lim_{N\downarrow\lambda/\mu}G(N,\lambda) = \inftylimN↓λ/μ​G(N,λ)=∞ is added: it is not needed for the statements here.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: TλT_\lambdaTλ​ keeps all of the paper's terms and is never replaced by a smaller quantity, and the hypotheses are jointly satisfiable — Dλ(t)=aλ/μ tD_\lambda(t) = a\sqrt{\lambda/\mu}\,tDλ​(t)=aλ/μ​t with Mλ=MλM_\lambda = M\lambdaMλ​=Mλ satisfies (33) for every κ\kappaκ with γ=a/(μκM)\gamma = a/(\mu\kappa M)γ=a/(μκM).

Infrastructure needed: the continuous Erlang-C function and its integer identity; the Halfin–Whitt limit (a Gaussian approximation of Poisson/gamma tails); calculus facts about the normal hazard rate. These are reusable beyond this mission, notably by the sibling missions on the cost-minimization problem. Example 8.5 (delay-probability target with Dλ=1t>0D_\lambda = 1_{t>0}Dλ​=1t>0​) motivates the rule but violates the strict monotonicity of DλD_\lambdaDλ​, so it is not an instance of the theorem as stated. Contributions on any milestone, and on Theorem 8.9 (quality-driven regime, which needs Lemma 4.2), are welcome.

Selected references

  • S. Borst, A. Mandelbaum, M. I. Reiman, Dimensioning Large Call Centers, CWI Report PNA-R0015, 2000; Operations Research 52(1):17–34, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1030.0081
  • S. Halfin, W. Whitt, Heavy-Traffic Limits for Queues with Many Exponential Servers, Operations Research 29(3):567–588, 1981. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.29.3.567
  • A. A. Jagers, E. A. Van Doorn, On the Continued Erlang Loss Function, Operations Research Letters 5:43–46, 1986.
  • A. A. Jagers, E. A. Van Doorn, Convexity of Functions which are Generalizations of the Erlang Loss Function and the Erlang Delay Function, SIAM Review 33:281–282, 1991.
18 thms1 active userReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryControl TheoryOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Nonzero-Sum Stochastic Differential Games with Impulse Controls: A Verification Theorem with Applications 2: An Explicit Family of Nash Equilibria for the Linear Impulse GameResearch Paper

Motivation

Impulse control models an agent who acts on a random system through discrete interventions, each with a fixed cost: inventory replenishment, cash management, exchange-rate interventions by a central bank. With two agents whose objectives conflict, the problem becomes a nonzero-sum stochastic differential game with impulse controls. Before the work of Aïd, Basei, Callegaro, Campi and Vargiolu (Math. Oper. Res. 45(1), 2020; preprint arXiv:1605.00039), such games had no general verification theorem and few explicit equilibria; the paper supplies both. Its main application, formalized in this mission, is a game between two central banks with different targets for an exchange rate, a two-player version of the exchange-rate control models of Bertola, Runggaldier and Yasuda and of Cadenillas and Zapatero (references [10], [12] of the paper). The paper proves that this game has an explicit one-parameter family of Nash equilibria of threshold type, with closed-form payoffs.

Setting

The state is a real process. Without interventions it is x+σWsx+\sigma W_sx+σWs​, where WWW is a standard real Brownian motion and σ>0\sigma>0σ>0. Player 1 may shift it up by impulses δ∈Z1=[0,∞[\delta\in Z_1=[0,\infty[δ∈Z1​=[0,∞[, player 2 down by impulses δ∈Z2=]−∞,0]\delta\in Z_2=]-\infty,0]δ∈Z2​=]−∞,0]:

Xs=x+σWs+∑k:τ1,k≤sδ1,k+∑k:τ2,k≤sδ2,k.X_s=x+\sigma W_s+\sum_{k:\tau_{1,k}\le s}\delta_{1,k}+\sum_{k:\tau_{2,k}\le s}\delta_{2,k}.Xs​=x+σWs​+k:τ1,k​≤s∑​δ1,k​+k:τ2,k​≤s∑​δ2,k​.

Player 1 earns the running payoff f1(Xs)=Xs−s1f_1(X_s)=X_s-s_1f1​(Xs​)=Xs​−s1​, player 2 earns f2(Xs)=s2−Xsf_2(X_s)=s_2-X_sf2​(Xs​)=s2​−Xs​, with s1<s2s_1<s_2s1​<s2​. An impulse δ\deltaδ costs its author c+λ∣δ∣c+\lambda|\delta|c+λ∣δ∣ and pays the opponent c~+λ~∣δ∣\tilde c+\tilde\lambda|\delta|c~+λ~∣δ∣. Payoffs are discounted at rate ρ>0\rho>0ρ>0. The standing assumptions are c≥c~≥0c\ge\tilde c\ge0c≥c~≥0, λ≥λ~≥0\lambda\ge\tilde\lambda\ge0λ≥λ~≥0, (c,λ)≠(c~,λ~)(c,\lambda)\ne(\tilde c,\tilde\lambda)(c,λ)=(c~,λ~) and 1−λρ>01-\lambda\rho>01−λρ>0.

A strategy of player iii is a pair φi=(Ci,ξi)\varphi_i=(\mathcal C_i,\xi_i)φi​=(Ci​,ξi​): an open continuation region Ci⊆R\mathcal C_i\subseteq\mathbb RCi​⊆R and a continuous impulse map ξi:R→Zi\xi_i:\mathbb R\to Z_iξi​:R→Zi​. Player iii intervenes when the state leaves Ci\mathcal C_iCi​, applying the impulse ξi(state)\xi_i(\text{state})ξi​(state); player 1 has priority when both want to act. This rule defines the controlled process Xx;φ1,φ2X^{x;\varphi_1,\varphi_2}Xx;φ1​,φ2​ and the interventions (τi,k,δi,k)(\tau_{i,k},\delta_{i,k})(τi,k​,δi,k​) inductively. Player iii's payoff is

Ji(x;φ1,φ2)=Ex[∫0∞e−ρsfi(Xs) ds−∑ke−ρτi,k(c+λ∣δi,k∣)+∑ke−ρτj,k(c~+λ~∣δj,k∣)].J^i(x;\varphi_1,\varphi_2)=\mathbb E_x\Big[\int_0^\infty e^{-\rho s}f_i(X_s)\,ds-\sum_{k}e^{-\rho\tau_{i,k}}(c+\lambda|\delta_{i,k}|)+\sum_{k}e^{-\rho\tau_{j,k}}(\tilde c+\tilde\lambda|\delta_{j,k}|)\Big].Ji(x;φ1​,φ2​)=Ex​[∫0∞​e−ρsfi​(Xs​)ds−k∑​e−ρτi,k​(c+λ∣δi,k​∣)+k∑​e−ρτj,k​(c~+λ~∣δj,k​∣)].

A pair is xxx-admissible, (φ1,φ2)∈Φx(\varphi_1,\varphi_2)\in\Phi_x(φ1​,φ2​)∈Φx​, when these random variables are integrable, sup⁡t∣Xt∣\sup_t|X_t|supt​∣Xt​∣ has all moments, and neither player's interventions accumulate in finite time. A Nash equilibrium is an admissible pair from which no player gains by deviating to any strategy that keeps the pair admissible.

The explicit objects are θ=2ρ/σ2\theta=\sqrt{2\rho/\sigma^2}θ=2ρ/σ2​, η=(1−λρ)/ρ\eta=(1-\lambda\rho)/\rhoη=(1−λρ)/ρ and

F(y)=2y+θc−ηlog⁡η+yη−y,0<y<η.F(y)=2y+\theta c-\eta\log\frac{\eta+y}{\eta-y},\qquad 0<y<\eta .F(y)=2y+θc−ηlogη−yη+y​,0<y<η.

From the zero ξ\xiξ of FFF and a free parameter s~∈R\tilde s\in\mathbb Rs~∈R, the formulas (4.20)–(4.21) give thresholds xˉ1<xˉ2\bar x_1<\bar x_2xˉ1​<xˉ2​, targets x1∗,x2∗∈]xˉ1,xˉ2[x_1^*,x_2^*\in]\bar x_1,\bar x_2[x1∗​,x2∗​∈]xˉ1​,xˉ2​[, coefficients AijA_{ij}Aij​, the functions φi(y)=Ai1eθy+Ai2e−θy±(y−si)/ρ\varphi_i(y)=A_{i1}e^{\theta y}+A_{i2}e^{-\theta y}\pm(y-s_i)/\rhoφi​(y)=Ai1​eθy+Ai2​e−θy±(y−si​)/ρ and the piecewise candidates V~1,V~2\tilde V_1,\tilde V_2V~1​,V~2​ of (4.6). These are linear outside ]xˉ1,xˉ2[]\bar x_1,\bar x_2[]xˉ1​,xˉ2​[ and equal φi\varphi_iφi​ inside.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 4.7

For every s~∈R\tilde s\in\mathbb Rs~∈R and every initial state x∈Rx\in\mathbb Rx∈R, the threshold strategies

φ1∗=(]xˉ1,+∞[, y↦max⁡(x1∗−y,0)),φ2∗=(]−∞,xˉ2[, y↦min⁡(x2∗−y,0))\varphi_1^*=\big(]\bar x_1,+\infty[,\ y\mapsto\max(x_1^*-y,0)\big),\qquad \varphi_2^*=\big(]-\infty,\bar x_2[,\ y\mapsto\min(x_2^*-y,0)\big)φ1∗​=(]xˉ1​,+∞[, y↦max(x1∗​−y,0)),φ2∗​=(]−∞,xˉ2​[, y↦min(x2∗​−y,0))

form an xxx-admissible Nash equilibrium, and

J1(x;φ1∗,φ2∗)=V~1(x),J2(x;φ1∗,φ2∗)=V~2(x).J^1(x;\varphi_1^*,\varphi_2^*)=\tilde V_1(x),\qquad J^2(x;\varphi_1^*,\varphi_2^*)=\tilde V_2(x).J1(x;φ1∗​,φ2∗​)=V~1​(x),J2(x;φ1∗​,φ2∗​)=V~2​(x).

Milestones

  1. (4.17). FFF has a unique zero ξ∈(0,η)\xi\in(0,\eta)ξ∈(0,η).
  2. Proposition 4.2. For every s~\tilde ss~, the explicit 8-uple (4.20) satisfies the order conditions (4.7) and the optimality and pasting conditions (4.8)–(4.9). Moreover, φ2′′\varphi_2''φ2′′​ changes sign exactly once in ]x2∗,xˉ2[]x_2^*,\bar x_2[]x2∗​,xˉ2​[.
  3. Lemma 4.6. The impulses (4.23) maximise δ↦V~i(x+δ)−c−λ∣δ∣\delta\mapsto\tilde V_i(x+\delta)-c-\lambda|\delta|δ↦V~i​(x+δ)−c−λ∣δ∣, and the intervention operators satisfy (4.24): {M1V~1−V~1<0}=]xˉ1,∞[\{\mathcal M_1\tilde V_1-\tilde V_1<0\}=]\bar x_1,\infty[{M1​V~1​−V~1​<0}=]xˉ1​,∞[ and {M2V~2−V~2<0}=]−∞,xˉ2[\{\mathcal M_2\tilde V_2-\tilde V_2<0\}=]-\infty,\bar x_2[{M2​V~2​−V~2​<0}=]−∞,xˉ2​[.
  4. Condition (v). The equilibrium pair is xxx-admissible for every xxx. This includes the integrability (4.26) of the discounted intervention costs.

Milestones 1–3 are deterministic real analysis; milestone 4 and the goal are probabilistic.

Significance

The result gives explicit equilibria, with explicit thresholds and payoffs, for a nonzero-sum stochastic game with impulse controls. Such games rarely have closed-form solutions. The equilibria form a continuum indexed by s~\tilde ss~: equilibrium payoffs are not unique, and every equilibrium in the family is a translate of a fixed interval policy. The explicit formulas also support the comparative statics of Section 4.4, where the continuation region widens as the fixed cost grows.

Proposition 4.7 is proved in the paper by applying its verification theorem (Theorem 3.3) to V~1,V~2\tilde V_1,\tilde V_2V~1​,V~2​. The admissibility estimate (4.26) is written out only for initial states x∈{x1∗,x2∗}x\in\{x_1^*,x_2^*\}x∈{x1∗​,x2∗​}; the general case is said to be similar. As far as is known, none of these results has a machine-checked proof. A formal proof would check every regularity, pasting and admissibility condition. It would also yield a reusable pathwise construction of impulse-controlled Brownian motion.

Difficulty

The deterministic milestones need careful algebra with nested logarithms and square roots. Proving Lemma 4.6 requires the global shape of V~i(y)±λy\tilde V_i(y)\pm\lambda yV~i​(y)±λy, which needs the sign pattern of φ2′′\varphi_2''φ2′′​ from Proposition 4.2, not only local conditions at the thresholds.

The goal is harder. The Nash inequality must hold against every admissible deviation: any open continuation region and any continuous impulse map, not only threshold strategies. Comparing payoffs therefore needs a verification argument, namely Itô's formula for a function that is C2C^2C2 only piecewise and C1C^1C1 across the thresholds, applied along a process with an unbounded number of jumps, plus a localisation that uses the moment condition (2.8). Admissibility needs a renewal-type bound on the discounted number of interventions, built from i.i.d. exit times of Brownian motion from an interval.

Formalization scope

The Lean development lives in the namespace ImpulseGames.LinearGame.

  • The constants and standing assumptions are a structure Model with the proposition Model.Standing. The added hypothesis c>0c>0c>0 appears in every statement that uses ξ\xiξ: with c=0c=0c=0, which the standing assumptions allow, FFF has no zero in (0,η)(0,\eta)(0,η) and the family (4.20) does not exist.
  • The zero ξ\xiξ is a parameter, constrained by ξ∈(0,η)\xi\in(0,\eta)ξ∈(0,η) and F(ξ)=0F(\xi)=0F(ξ)=0. Milestone 1 shows that exactly one such ξ\xiξ exists.
  • The Brownian motion is Mathlib's IsBrownianReal W P on a probability space, with time in R≥0\mathbb R_{\ge0}R≥0​. Definition 2.2 is formalized pathwise: exit times inf⁡{s>τ~k−1:X~sk−1∉Ci}\inf\{s>\tilde\tau_{k-1}:\tilde X^{k-1}_s\notin\mathcal C_i\}inf{s>τ~k−1​:X~sk−1​∈/Ci​} in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] with inf⁡∅=∞\inf\emptyset=\inftyinf∅=∞, the tie rule favouring player 1, and e−ρ⋅∞=0e^{-\rho\cdot\infty}=0e−ρ⋅∞=0 for the tail of each impulse control. No SDE or stochastic integral appears in any statement; the uncontrolled dynamics are ζ+σ(Ws−Wt)\zeta+\sigma(W_s-W_t)ζ+σ(Ws​−Wt​).
  • Payoffs are Bochner expectations. Φx\Phi_xΦx​ requires every random variable of (2.7) to be integrable, so no deviation can obtain the default value 000 of a non-integrable expectation. The moment condition (2.8) is stated with an extended-real supremum, and (2.9) is read almost surely.
  • The Nash condition quantifies over all strategies of Definition 2.1. A formalization that restricts deviations to threshold strategies would be a different, weaker theorem and is excluded. Likewise, the equilibrium payoffs V~i\tilde V_iV~i​ are the explicit formulas (4.6), never defined as "the equilibrium value".

Two slips of the page are corrected. First, the paper's impulse maps ξi∗(y)=xi∗−y\xi_i^*(y)=x_i^*-yξi∗​(y)=xi∗​−y are not ZiZ_iZi​-valued on all of R\mathbb RR; they are replaced by max⁡(x1∗−y,0)\max(x_1^*-y,0)max(x1∗​−y,0) and min⁡(x2∗−y,0)\min(x_2^*-y,0)min(x2∗​−y,0), which agree with them wherever each player acts. Second, in Lemma 4.6 the maximiser (4.23) is not unique when λ=λ~\lambda=\tilde\lambdaλ=λ~, in the opponent's intervention region (all impulses tie there). The statement asserts maximality everywhere and uniqueness outside that region.

A complete development needs: elementary real analysis for milestones 1–3; a pathwise theory of piecewise-defined processes; an Itô formula for Brownian motion with C1C^1C1, piecewise-C2C^2C2 functions; and exit-time estimates for Brownian motion. The last two are reusable well beyond this mission. Proofs of the deterministic milestones are welcome independently of the stochastic part.

Selected references

  • R. Aïd, M. Basei, G. Callegaro, L. Campi, T. Vargiolu, Nonzero-sum stochastic differential games with impulse controls: a verification theorem with applications, Mathematics of Operations Research 45(1), 2020. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2019.0989 (accepted manuscript: arXiv:1605.00039v4, https://arxiv.org/abs/1605.00039)
  • G. Bertola, W. J. Runggaldier, K. Yasuda, On classical and restricted impulse stochastic control for the exchange rate, Applied Mathematics and Optimization 74(2), 423–454, 2016.
  • A. Cadenillas, F. Zapatero, Classical and impulse stochastic control of the exchange rate using interest rates and reserves, Mathematical Finance 10(2), 141–156, 2000.
  • B. Øksendal, A. Sulem, Applied Stochastic Control of Jump Diffusions, 2nd ed., Springer, 2007.
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Markov ChainOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Optimization of Multiclass Queueing Networks: Polyhedral and Nonlinear Characterizations of Achievable Performance I: Quadratic Potential Functions Bound Mean Response Times in Open NetworksResearch Paper

Motivation

Scheduling in a multiclass queueing network asks which waiting job a server should work on next when jobs of several types share stations and revisit them along fixed routes. Such networks model semiconductor wafer fabs, job shops and communication switches. Optimal policies are rarely computable: the state space is countably infinite, and even deciding properties of optimal policies is hard (Papadimitriou and Tsitsiklis 1999). A practical substitute is the achievable region approach: describe, by constraints that every policy must satisfy, a set containing all performance vectors any policy can achieve, then optimize a linear cost over that set to get a lower bound on the optimal cost.

Bertsimas, Paschalidis and Tsitsiklis (MIT Sloan working paper 1992; Ann. Appl. Probab. 1994) gave a general method for producing such constraints for open networks, by computing the steady-state drift of quadratic potential functions. This mission formalizes their first-order bounds (Section 4).

Timeline:

  • 1980–1988: Coffman and Mitrani, then Federgruen and Groenevelt — the achievable performance vectors of a single-station multiclass queue form a polytope described by conservation laws.
  • Early 1990s: Kumar (reference [Kuma] of the paper), using a potential-function argument he attributes to Meyn, derives a single lower bound on the mean number in system for re-entrant lines with deterministic routing (described on p. 16 of the paper).
  • 1992–1994: Bertsimas, Paschalidis and Tsitsiklis — parametric families of linear bounds for general open networks with Markovian routing (Theorem 4.1), and the nonparametric polyhedron (Theorems 4.2–4.4), shown to be at least as tight.

Setting

A network has NNN single-server stations and RRR job classes. Class rrr is served at station σ(r)\sigma(r)σ(r), and CiC_iCi​ is the set of classes served at station iii. Class-rrr jobs arrive from outside as a Poisson stream of rate λ0r\lambda_{0r}λ0r​, service times are exponential with rate μr\mu_rμr​, and after service a class-rrr job becomes a class-sss job with probability prsp_{rs}prs​ or leaves with probability pr0=1−∑sprsp_{r0}=1-\sum_s p_{rs}pr0​=1−∑s​prs​. The traffic equations

λr=λ0r+∑r′λr′pr′r(15)\lambda_r=\lambda_{0r}+\sum_{r'}\lambda_{r'}p_{r'r}\qquad(15)λr​=λ0r​+r′∑​λr′​pr′r​(15)

have a unique solution λ\lambdaλ (the network is open), and ∑r∈Ciλr/μr<1\sum_{r\in C_i}\lambda_r/\mu_r<1∑r∈Ci​​λr​/μr​<1 at every station.

The state n⃗=(n1,…,nR)\vec n=(n_1,\dots,n_R)n=(n1​,…,nR​) counts the jobs of each class. A Markovian policy decides from the current state which classes are in service, at most one per station and only classes with jobs present; idling is allowed. Write BrB_rBr​ for the event that station σ(r)\sigma(r)σ(r) serves class rrr, and B0iB_{0i}B0i​ for the event that station iii is idle. Under such a policy n⃗(t)\vec n(t)n(t) is a continuous-time Markov chain. Assumption A requires that it has a unique invariant distribution π\piπ and that Eπ[nr2]<∞E_\pi[n_r^2]<\inftyEπ​[nr2​]<∞ for all rrr. Let nˉr=Eπ[nr]\bar n_r=E_\pi[n_r]nˉr​=Eπ​[nr​], which equals λrxr\lambda_rx_rλr​xr​ with xrx_rxr​ the mean response time of class rrr (Little's law), and define

Irr′=Eπ[1{Br}nr′],Nir′=Eπ[1{B0i}nr′].I_{rr'}=E_\pi[1\{B_r\}n_{r'}],\qquad N_{ir'}=E_\pi[1\{B_{0i}\}n_{r'}].Irr′​=Eπ​[1{Br​}nr′​],Nir′​=Eπ​[1{B0i​}nr′​].

For a set SSS of classes, f-parameters are reals f(r)≥0f(r)\ge 0f(r)≥0 for r∈Sr\in Sr∈S such that μr[∑r′∈Sprr′(f(r)−f(r′))+∑r′∉Sprr′f(r)]\mu_r\big[\sum_{r'\in S}p_{rr'}(f(r)-f(r'))+\sum_{r'\notin S}p_{rr'}f(r)\big]μr​[∑r′∈S​prr′​(f(r)−f(r′))+∑r′∈/S​prr′​f(r)] is nonnegative and the same for all r∈Ci∩Sr\in C_i\cap Sr∈Ci​∩S; that common value is fif_ifi​, and fi=0f_i=0fi​=0 when Ci∩S=∅C_i\cap S=\emptysetCi​∩S=∅ (restriction (17)). The sums over r′∉Sr'\notin Sr′∈/S include the exit r′=0r'=0r′=0.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.1

For every policy satisfying Assumption A, every SSS and every f-parameters satisfying (17),

∑r∈Sλrf(r)xr ≥ N′(S)D′(S),\sum_{r\in S}\lambda_rf(r)x_r\ \ge\ \frac{N'(S)}{D'(S)},r∈S∑​λr​f(r)xr​ ≥ D′(S)N′(S)​,

where

N′(S)=∑r∈Sλ0rf2(r)+∑r∉Sλr∑r′∈Sprr′f2(r′)+∑r∈Sλr[∑r′∈Sprr′(f(r)−f(r′))2+∑r′∉Sprr′f2(r)],N'(S)=\sum_{r\in S}\lambda_{0r}f^2(r)+\sum_{r\notin S}\lambda_r\sum_{r'\in S}p_{rr'}f^2(r')+\sum_{r\in S}\lambda_r\Big[\sum_{r'\in S}p_{rr'}(f(r)-f(r'))^2+\sum_{r'\notin S}p_{rr'}f^2(r)\Big],N′(S)=r∈S∑​λ0r​f2(r)+r∈/S∑​λr​r′∈S∑​prr′​f2(r′)+r∈S∑​λr​[r′∈S∑​prr′​(f(r)−f(r′))2+r′∈/S∑​prr′​f2(r)], D′(S)=2[∑i=1Nfi−∑r∈Sλ0rf(r)].D'(S)=2\Big[\sum_{i=1}^Nf_i-\sum_{r\in S}\lambda_{0r}f(r)\Big].D′(S)=2[i=1∑N​fi​−r∈S∑​λ0r​f(r)].

The formal goal is the product form N′(S)≤D′(S)∑r∈Sf(r)nˉrN'(S)\le D'(S)\sum_{r\in S}f(r)\bar n_rN′(S)≤D′(S)∑r∈S​f(r)nˉr​.

Milestones

  1. The utilization identity Eπ[1{Br}]=λr/μrE_\pi[1\{B_r\}]=\lambda_r/\mu_rEπ​[1{Br​}]=λr​/μr​ (pp. 16 and 19).
  2. Theorem 4.2: the linear equalities (24), (25) between nˉr\bar n_rnˉr​ and Irr′I_{rr'}Irr′​.
  3. Theorem 4.3: ∑r∈CiIrr′+Nir′=nˉr′\sum_{r\in C_i}I_{rr'}+N_{ir'}=\bar n_{r'}∑r∈Ci​​Irr′​+Nir′​=nˉr′​ (28).
  4. Theorem 4.4: any nonnegative (x,I,N)(x,I,N)(x,I,N) satisfying (24), (25), (28), with nˉr=λrxr\bar n_r=\lambda_rx_rnˉr​=λr​xr​ in those equalities, satisfies every inequality of Theorem 4.1. This statement is deterministic.

Significance

Theorem 4.1 gives, for each choice of SSS and fff, a linear inequality on mean response times valid for all admissible policies. Minimizing a linear holding cost ∑rcrxr\sum_r c_rx_r∑r​cr​xr​ subject to these inequalities is a linear program whose value bounds the optimal scheduling cost from below; the paper reports numerical values of such bounds in its Section 9. Theorems 4.2–4.4 show that a polynomial-size polyhedron in the variables (nˉ,I,N)(\bar n,I,N)(nˉ,I,N) implies all of these inequalities at once, so the parametric search over fff is unnecessary.

The results are proved in the paper. As far as is known, none of them has a machine-checked proof. Formalizing them requires a Lean treatment of invariant distributions of controlled countable-state Markov chains with unbounded test functions, which is currently absent from Mathlib, and then the algebra of the drift identities. The definitions here (network data, Markovian sequencing policies, the generator, Assumption A) are the substrate that the paper's later results on routing, closed networks and higher-order bounds would reuse.

Difficulty

Every statement except Theorem 4.4 rests on taking expectations of the generator applied to unbounded functions (nrn_rnr​, nrnr′n_rn_{r'}nr​nr′​) under the invariant distribution. The invariance condition is stated only for indicators of single states; extending ∑nπ(n)(Gg)(n)=0\sum_n\pi(n)(\mathcal Gg)(n)=0∑n​π(n)(Gg)(n)=0 to quadratic ggg needs an interchange of summations justified by the second-moment condition of Assumption A. The utilization identity additionally needs uniqueness of the traffic solution to identify μrEπ[1{Br}]\mu_rE_\pi[1\{B_r\}]μr​Eπ​[1{Br​}] with λr\lambda_rλr​. Theorem 4.1 then needs the sign bookkeeping that turns an identity into an inequality: the terms dropped are nonnegative only because f≥0f\ge0f≥0 on SSS, fi≥0f_i\ge0fi​≥0 and at most one class per station is in service.

Formalization scope

Classes are Fin R, stations Fin N, states Fin R → ℕ, all rates and probabilities real. A policy is a Bool-valued function of the state with the two admissibility constraints; work conservation is not assumed. Invariance is global balance of the generator on the countable state space; expectations are tsums. The uniformized chain and the epochs τk\tau_kτk​ of the paper are not built: the paper notes that its expectations at τk\tau_kτk​ are expectations under the invariant distribution of n⃗(t)\vec n(t)n(t).

Conventions fixed in Lean:

  • λrxr\lambda_rx_rλr​xr​ appears only as the mean number in system nˉr\bar n_rnˉr​ (Little's law, used by the paper on pp. 11 and 20); response times are not formalized.
  • Sums over r′∉Sr'\notin Sr′∈/S include the exit r′=0r'=0r′=0 (p. 15).
  • f-parameters are nonnegative on SSS (p. 9).
  • The network is open: (15) has a unique solution, and λ\lambdaλ is an input constrained by (15), never defined from the policy.
  • (18) is stated multiplied by D′(S)D'(S)D′(S), which avoids Lean's x/0=0x/0=0x/0=0 and is (18) whenever D′(S)>0D'(S)>0D′(S)>0.

A quotient-form statement of (18) would be trivially true when D′(S)=0D'(S)=0D′(S)=0, and defining λr\lambda_rλr​ as μrEπ[1{Br}]\mu_rE_\pi[1\{B_r\}]μr​Eπ​[1{Br​}] would make the utilization identity hold by definition; both are excluded.

Welcome contributions: a general lemma extending global balance to test functions of polynomial growth under moment conditions; proofs of the drift identities; the deterministic Theorem 4.4.

Selected references

  • D. Bertsimas, I. Ch. Paschalidis, J. N. Tsitsiklis, Optimization of Multiclass Queueing Networks: Polyhedral and Nonlinear Characterizations of Achievable Performance, MIT Sloan WP #3509-92-MSA, 1992; Ann. Appl. Probab. 4(1), 1994. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoap/1177005200
  • C. H. Papadimitriou, J. N. Tsitsiklis, The complexity of optimal queuing network control, Math. Oper. Res. 24(2), 1999. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.24.2.293
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamical SystemsOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Dynamics of Stochastic Approximation Algorithms 6: An Attractor Whose Basin Meets the Attainable Set Contains the Limit Set with Positive ProbabilityResearch Paper

Motivation

A stochastic approximation algorithm is a recursion xn+1=xn+γn+1(F(xn)+Un+1)x_{n+1}=x_n+\gamma_{n+1}\big(F(x_n)+U_{n+1}\big)xn+1​=xn​+γn+1​(F(xn​)+Un+1​) with decreasing step sizes γn\gamma_nγn​ and a noise term Un+1U_{n+1}Un+1​. Recursions of this form appear in stochastic gradient methods, adaptive control, learning in games (fictitious play, reinforcement learning) and urn models. The ODE method compares the iterates with the solutions of x˙=F(x)\dot x=F(x)x˙=F(x). In Benaïm's lecture notes (Benaïm 1999), the comparison is phrased through the continuous-time interpolated process XXX. Under standard noise conditions, XXX is almost surely an asymptotic pseudotrajectory of the flow of FFF, and its limit set is almost surely internally chain transitive.

That theorem constrains where the process may end up. It does not say which of several candidate sets the process actually reaches. When the ODE has several attractors, for example several stable equilibria of a learning dynamic or several stable compositions of an urn, an application needs to know that each attractor is reached with positive probability. Section 7 of the notes answers this question. The answer is a criterion of attainability: if the process can, with positive probability and at arbitrarily late times, enter the basin of an attractor, then it converges to that attractor with positive probability.

Timeline.

  • Kushner and Clark (1978) proved convergence statements for processes that visit a compact subset of the domain of attraction of an asymptotically stable equilibrium infinitely often.
  • Arthur, Ermoliev and Kaniovski (1983) and Pemantle (1990) studied urn processes whose limit points depend on the trajectory.
  • Benaïm (1997) and Duflo (1997, Random Iterative Models) developed the attainability argument for general stochastic approximation processes.
  • Benaïm (1999) states it for arbitrary attractors of a semiflow on a locally compact metric space, under a single conditional shadowing condition (24).

Setting

Let (M,d)(M,d)(M,d) be a metric space and let Φ=(Φt)t≥0\Phi=(\Phi_t)_{t\ge0}Φ=(Φt​)t≥0​ be a semiflow on MMM: a continuous map (t,x)↦Φt(x)(t,x)\mapsto\Phi_t(x)(t,x)↦Φt​(x) with Φ0=Id\Phi_0=\mathrm{Id}Φ0​=Id and Φt+s=Φt∘Φs\Phi_{t+s}=\Phi_t\circ\Phi_sΦt+s​=Φt​∘Φs​.

  • A set AAA is invariant if Φt(A)=A\Phi_t(A)=AΦt​(A)=A for all t≥0t\ge0t≥0, and positively invariant if Φt(A)⊂A\Phi_t(A)\subset AΦt​(A)⊂A.
  • An attractor is a nonempty compact invariant set AAA with a neighbourhood WWW on which dist⁡(Φtx,A)→0\operatorname{dist}(\Phi_tx,A)\to0dist(Φt​x,A)→0 uniformly. Its basin B(A)B(A)B(A) is the set of points xxx with dist⁡(Φtx,A)→0\operatorname{dist}(\Phi_tx,A)\to0dist(Φt​x,A)→0.
  • A continuous curve X:R+→MX:\mathbb R_+\to MX:R+​→M is an asymptotic pseudotrajectory if sup⁡0≤h≤Td(X(t+h),Φh(X(t)))→0\sup_{0\le h\le T}d(X(t+h),\Phi_h(X(t)))\to0sup0≤h≤T​d(X(t+h),Φh​(X(t)))→0 as t→∞t\to\inftyt→∞, for every T>0T>0T>0.
  • The limit set of XXX is L(X)=⋂t≥0X([t,∞))‾L(X)=\bigcap_{t\ge0}\overline{X([t,\infty))}L(X)=⋂t≥0​X([t,∞))​.
  • For T>0T>0T>0, dX(T)=sup⁡k∈Nd(ΦT(X(kT)),X(kT+T))d_X(T)=\sup_{k\in\mathbb N}d(\Phi_T(X(kT)),X(kT+T))dX​(T)=supk∈N​d(ΦT​(X(kT)),X(kT+T)).

Now let X=(X(t))t≥0X=(X(t))_{t\ge0}X=(X(t))t≥0​ be a process on a probability space (Ω,F,P)(\Omega,\mathcal F,P)(Ω,F,P) with continuous paths in MMM, adapted to a filtration (Ft)t≥0(\mathcal F_t)_{t\ge0}(Ft​)t≥0​. The standing assumption of Section 7 is that for all δ>0\delta>0δ>0, T>0T>0T>0 and t≥0t\ge0t≥0,

P(sup⁡s≥t sup⁡0≤h≤Td(X(s+h),Φh(X(s)))≥δ ∣ Ft)≤w(t,δ,T)(24)P\Big(\sup_{s\ge t}\ \sup_{0\le h\le T}d\big(X(s+h),\Phi_h(X(s))\big)\ge\delta\ \Big|\ \mathcal F_t\Big)\le w(t,\delta,T)\tag{24}P(s≥tsup​ 0≤h≤Tsup​d(X(s+h),Φh​(X(s)))≥δ ​ Ft​)≤w(t,δ,T)(24)

for a function w≥0w\ge0w≥0 with w(t,δ,T)↓0w(t,\delta,T)\downarrow0w(t,δ,T)↓0 as t→∞t\to\inftyt→∞.

A point ppp is attainable if P(∃s≥t:X(s)∈U)>0P(\exists s\ge t: X(s)\in U)>0P(∃s≥t:X(s)∈U)>0 for every t>0t>0t>0 and every open neighbourhood UUU of ppp. Att(X)\mathrm{Att}(X)Att(X) is the set of attainable points.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 7.3, first statement

If MMM is locally compact, AAA is an attractor of Φ\PhiΦ, and Att(X)∩B(A)≠∅\mathrm{Att}(X)\cap B(A)\neq\emptysetAtt(X)∩B(A)=∅, then

P(L(X)⊂A)>0.P\big(L(X)\subset A\big)>0 .P(L(X)⊂A)>0.

This statement contains no constants and no rates, so it does not depend on how (24) is quantified for a particular algorithm.

Theorem 7.3, second statement

If UUU is open and relatively compact with U‾⊂B(A)\overline U\subset B(A)U⊂B(A), there are T,δ>0T,\delta>0T,δ>0, depending only on UUU (and on Φ\PhiΦ, AAA), such that for every process satisfying the standing assumption and every t≥0t\ge0t≥0

P(L(X)⊂A)≥(1−w(t,δ,T)) P(∃s≥t: X(s)∈U).P\big(L(X)\subset A\big)\ge\big(1-w(t,\delta,T)\big)\,P\big(\exists s\ge t:\ X(s)\in U\big).P(L(X)⊂A)≥(1−w(t,δ,T))P(∃s≥t: X(s)∈U).

Milestones

  • Lemma 6.8. For a nonempty compact K⊂B(A)K\subset B(A)K⊂B(A) there are T,δ>0T,\delta>0T,δ>0 such that every asymptotic pseudotrajectory with X(0)∈KX(0)\in KX(0)∈K and dX(T)<δd_X(T)<\deltadX​(T)<δ has L(X)⊂AL(X)\subset AL(X)⊂A.
  • Lemma 7.1, in three parts:
    • Att(X)\mathrm{Att}(X)Att(X) is closed;
    • it is positively invariant;
    • it contains L(X)L(X)L(X) almost surely.

Significance

The result. Theorem 7.3 turns a question about the long-run limit of a random process into a question about where the process can go. Attainability is usually checked by a controllability argument: the noise can push the iterates in every direction. For urn processes with an urn function mapping the simplex into its interior, every point is attainable (Example 7.2 of the notes). Then every attractor of the mean ODE is reached with positive probability. Combined with nonconvergence results for unstable sets (Section 9 of the notes), this characterizes the possible limits of many learning and urn processes. Theorem 7.3 is the positive half of that picture.

Formalizing it. The theorem has a published proof (p. 32 of the notes) and no machine-checked version. A formal proof needs the following:

  • a precise reading of the conditional shadowing condition (24) as a conditional expectation of an indicator;
  • the stopping-time decomposition of the event {∃s≥t:X(s)∈U}\{\exists s\ge t: X(s)\in U\}{∃s≥t:X(s)∈U} over dyadic times;
  • the deterministic Lemma 6.8, which rests on the limit set theorem for precompact asymptotic pseudotrajectories (Theorem 5.7 of the notes, the subject of mission 1 of this series).

Difficulty

The obvious argument says: once XXX enters a compact part of the basin, the flow carries it into AAA. That fails because XXX is not a trajectory of the flow. Each window of length TTT adds an error, and errors over infinitely many windows can push the process out of the basin.

Two things are needed instead:

  • A uniform version of the deterministic statement, with TTT and δ\deltaδ fixed in advance from the compact set alone. This is Lemma 6.8, which needs local compactness of MMM and the structure of limit sets of asymptotic pseudotrajectories.
  • A probabilistic step that applies (24) at the random time when XXX first enters UUU. That time is not a stopping time on a continuum, and conditioning at it needs care.

A naive union bound over all times is useless: it does not use the conditional form of (24).

Formalization scope

  • The semiflow is Mathlib's Flow ℝ≥0 M on a metric space; local compactness is LocallyCompactSpace M.
  • The process is X : ℝ≥0 → Ω → M with continuous paths. The paper's alternative of càdlàg paths is not covered.
  • Adaptedness is Borel measurability of X(t)X(t)X(t) with respect to Ft\mathcal F_tFt​, for a Mathlib Filtration ℝ≥0. PPP is a probability measure.
  • The suprema in (24) and in dX(T)d_X(T)dX​(T) are computed in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] with the extended distance, so that "sup ≥δ\ge\delta≥δ" and "sup <δ<\delta<δ" are exact even when the supremum is infinite or not attained.
  • The conditional probability in (24) is the conditional expectation of the indicator of the event. The event is required to be measurable, so the condition cannot hold vacuously through a junk conditional expectation.
  • www is required to be both nonincreasing in ttt and convergent to 000.
  • The events {L(X)⊂A}\{L(X)\subset A\}{L(X)⊂A} and {∃s≥t:X(s)∈U}\{\exists s\ge t: X(s)\in U\}{∃s≥t:X(s)∈U} are measured with PPP as an outer measure, so no measurability hypothesis is added for them.
  • In the second statement of Theorem 7.3, TTT and δ\deltaδ are chosen before the probability space, the process, www and ttt.
  • Invariance in the definition of an attractor is the equality Φt(A)=A\Phi_t(A)=AΦt​(A)=A, not inclusion.
  • The almost-sure clause of Lemma 7.1 is stated for separable MMM. Without separability it cannot be proved in ordinary set theory.

These choices rule out the trivializing formalizations: a conditional-probability hypothesis that holds vacuously, invariance read as inclusion, constants T,δT,\deltaT,δ that depend on the process or on ttt, and a probability bound www without monotonicity.

A complete development needs:

  • limit sets of asymptotic pseudotrajectories and the fact that an internally chain transitive set meeting the basin of an attractor lies in the attractor (shared with missions 1 and 5 of this series);
  • measurability of path functionals of continuous processes;
  • conditioning on events of the form {τ=tn(k)}\{\tau=t_n(k)\}{τ=tn​(k)} at dyadic times.

The first and second are reusable well beyond this mission. Contributions toward either, and alternative proofs of Lemma 6.8, are welcome.

Selected references

  • M. Benaïm, Dynamics of stochastic approximation algorithms, Séminaire de Probabilités XXXIII, Lecture Notes in Mathematics 1709, Springer, 1999, pp. 1–68. https://doi.org/10.1007/BFb0096509
  • M. Benaïm, M. W. Hirsch, Asymptotic pseudotrajectories and chain recurrent flows, with applications, Journal of Dynamics and Differential Equations 8 (1996), 141–176. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02218617
  • M. Benaïm, Vertex-reinforced random walks and a conjecture of Pemantle, Annals of Probability 25 (1997), 361–392. https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1024404292
  • M. Duflo, Random Iterative Models, Applications of Mathematics 34, Springer, 1997. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-662-12880-0
  • H. J. Kushner, D. S. Clark, Stochastic Approximation Methods for Constrained and Unconstrained Systems, Springer, 1978. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4684-9352-8
  • C. Conley, Isolated Invariant Sets and the Morse Index, CBMS Regional Conference Series in Mathematics 38, AMS, 1978. https://doi.org/10.1090/cbms/038
11 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamical SystemsOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Dynamics of Stochastic Approximation Algorithms 3: Martingale Noise with Bounded q-th Moments and Summable γ_n^(1+q/2) Satisfies Assumption A1 Almost SurelyResearch Paper

Motivation

A stochastic approximation algorithm is a recursion

xn+1−xn=γn+1(F(xn)+Un+1)x_{n+1}-x_n=\gamma_{n+1}\big(F(x_n)+U_{n+1}\big)xn+1​−xn​=γn+1​(F(xn​)+Un+1​)

in Rd\mathbb R^dRd, where FFF is a vector field, γn\gamma_nγn​ are small step sizes and Un+1U_{n+1}Un+1​ is noise. Such recursions go back to Robbins and Monro's root-finding scheme (Robbins–Monro 1951) and underlie stochastic gradient descent, temporal-difference learning, adaptive control and learning in games. The ODE method studies them by comparing the iterates with the trajectories of x˙=F(x)\dot x=F(x)x˙=F(x).

Benaïm's lecture notes (Benaïm 1999) organize the ODE method in two steps. A deterministic step, Proposition 4.1, shows that whenever the noise satisfies a condition called A1 (and the iterates are bounded, or FFF is Lipschitz and bounded on a neighbourhood of them), the interpolated process is an asymptotic pseudotrajectory of the flow of FFF. A probabilistic step then verifies A1 for concrete noise models. This mission formalizes the first such verification, Proposition 4.2: martingale difference noise with bounded qqq-th moments and step sizes with ∑nγn1+q/2<∞\sum_n\gamma_n^{1+q/2}<\infty∑n​γn1+q/2​<∞. The result is described as a particular case of a general theorem of Métivier and Priouret (1987); the same estimates reappear later in the notes.

Setting

Let {γn}n≥1\{\gamma_n\}_{n\ge1}{γn​}n≥1​ be a deterministic sequence with γn≥0\gamma_n\ge0γn​≥0, ∑nγn=∞\sum_n\gamma_n=\infty∑n​γn​=∞ and γn→0\gamma_n\to0γn​→0 (a step sequence). Put τ0=0\tau_0=0τ0​=0, τn=∑i=1nγi\tau_n=\sum_{i=1}^n\gamma_iτn​=∑i=1n​γi​, and let

m(t)=sup⁡{k≥0: t≥τk}m(t)=\sup\{k\ge0:\ t\ge\tau_k\}m(t)=sup{k≥0: t≥τk​}

be the index of the step that contains time t≥0t\ge0t≥0. For a sequence {Un}n≥1\{U_n\}_{n\ge1}{Un​}n≥1​ define the piecewise constant processes Uˉ(t)=Um(t)+1\bar U(t)=U_{m(t)+1}Uˉ(t)=Um(t)+1​ and γˉ(t)=γm(t)+1\bar\gamma(t)=\gamma_{m(t)+1}γˉ​(t)=γm(t)+1​, so that step n+1n+1n+1 occupies the time interval [τn,τn+1)[\tau_n,\tau_{n+1})[τn​,τn+1​) of length γn+1\gamma_{n+1}γn+1​.

Assumption A1 asks that for every T>0T>0T>0

lim⁡n→∞sup⁡{∥∑i=nk−1γi+1Ui+1∥: k=n+1,…,m(τn+T)}=0,\lim_{n\to\infty}\sup\Big\{\Big\|\sum_{i=n}^{k-1}\gamma_{i+1}U_{i+1}\Big\|:\ k=n+1,\dots,m(\tau_n+T)\Big\}=0,n→∞lim​sup{​i=n∑k−1​γi+1​Ui+1​​: k=n+1,…,m(τn​+T)}=0,

or, in the form the notes call equivalent, lim⁡t→∞Δ(t,T)=0\lim_{t\to\infty}\Delta(t,T)=0limt→∞​Δ(t,T)=0 for every T>0T>0T>0, where

Δ(t,T)=sup⁡0≤h≤T∥∫tt+hUˉ(s) ds∥.\Delta(t,T)=\sup_{0\le h\le T}\Big\|\int_t^{t+h}\bar U(s)\,ds\Big\|.Δ(t,T)=0≤h≤Tsup​​∫tt+h​Uˉ(s)ds​.

Let (Ω,F,P)(\Omega,\mathcal F,P)(Ω,F,P) be a probability space with a nondecreasing sequence {Fn}\{\mathcal F_n\}{Fn​} of sub-σ\sigmaσ-algebras, and F:Rd→RdF:\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb R^dF:Rd→Rd continuous. A sequence {xn}\{x_n\}{xn​} given by the recursion above is a Robbins–Monro algorithm if γ\gammaγ is deterministic, UnU_nUn​ is Fn\mathcal F_nFn​-measurable, and E(Un+1∣Fn)=0E(U_{n+1}\mid\mathcal F_n)=0E(Un+1​∣Fn​)=0.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 4.2

For a Robbins–Monro algorithm and some real q≥2q\ge2q≥2, if

sup⁡nE(∥Un+1∥q)<∞and∑nγn1+q/2<∞,\sup_nE\big(\|U_{n+1}\|^q\big)<\infty\qquad\text{and}\qquad\sum_n\gamma_n^{1+q/2}<\infty,nsup​E(∥Un+1​∥q)<∞andn∑​γn1+q/2​<∞,

then with probability one the realised noise sequence satisfies A1, in both of its forms, simultaneously for all T>0T>0T>0.

Milestones

  1. Eq. (13), an instance of Burkholder's inequality with a universal constant CqC_qCq​:
E{sup⁡n<k≤m(τn+T)∥∑i=nk−1γi+1Ui+1∥q}≤Cq E{[∑i=nm(τn+T)−1γi+12∥Ui+1∥2]q/2}.E\Big\{\sup_{n<k\le m(\tau_n+T)}\Big\|\sum_{i=n}^{k-1}\gamma_{i+1}U_{i+1}\Big\|^q\Big\}\le C_q\,E\Big\{\Big[\sum_{i=n}^{m(\tau_n+T)-1}\gamma_{i+1}^2\|U_{i+1}\|^2\Big]^{q/2}\Big\}.E{n<k≤m(τn​+T)sup​​i=n∑k−1​γi+1​Ui+1​​q}≤Cq​E{[i=n∑m(τn​+T)−1​γi+12​∥Ui+1​∥2]q/2}.
  1. Inequality (14), for finite families with αi≥0\alpha_i\ge0αi​≥0, u>1u>1u>1, 0<δ<10<\delta<10<δ<1:
(∑i∣αiβi∣)u≤(∑iαiδu/(u−1))u−1∑iαi(1−δ)u∣βi∣u.\Big(\sum_i|\alpha_i\beta_i|\Big)^u\le\Big(\sum_i\alpha_i^{\delta u/(u-1)}\Big)^{u-1}\sum_i\alpha_i^{(1-\delta)u}|\beta_i|^u.(i∑​∣αi​βi​∣)u≤(i∑​αiδu/(u−1)​)u−1i∑​αi(1−δ)u​∣βi​∣u.
  1. Eq. (16): for every T>0T>0T>0 there is C(q,T)C(q,T)C(q,T) with E(Δ(t,T)q)≤C(q,T)∫tt+Tγˉq/2(s) dsE(\Delta(t,T)^q)\le C(q,T)\int_t^{t+T}\bar\gamma^{q/2}(s)\,dsE(Δ(t,T)q)≤C(q,T)∫tt+T​γˉ​q/2(s)ds for all t≥0t\ge0t≥0.
  2. Eq. (17): ∑k≥0E(Δ(kT,T)q)<∞\sum_{k\ge0}E(\Delta(kT,T)^q)<\infty∑k≥0​E(Δ(kT,T)q)<∞ for every T>0T>0T>0.
  3. Block comparison: Δ(t,T)≤2Δ(kT,T)+Δ((k+1)T,T)\Delta(t,T)\le2\Delta(kT,T)+\Delta((k+1)T,T)Δ(t,T)≤2Δ(kT,T)+Δ((k+1)T,T) for kT≤t<(k+1)TkT\le t<(k+1)TkT≤t<(k+1)T.

Significance

Proposition 4.2 is the standard sufficient condition under which the ODE method applies to stochastic gradient-type recursions with martingale noise. With q=2q=2q=2 it covers step sizes with ∑γn2<∞\sum\gamma_n^2<\infty∑γn2​<∞ (for example γn=1/n\gamma_n=1/nγn​=1/n) and noise with bounded variance; larger qqq trades stronger moment assumptions for slower decay of the steps, down to ∑γn1+q/2<∞\sum\gamma_n^{1+q/2}<\infty∑γn1+q/2​<∞. Combined with Proposition 4.1 it shows that the interpolated process of a Robbins–Monro algorithm with bounded iterates is almost surely an asymptotic pseudotrajectory of the flow of FFF; the limit set theorems of the notes then locate the limit points of the algorithm.

The result is proved in the notes and in the cited literature; it has not, to our knowledge, been machine-checked. A formal proof would supply reusable pieces that Mathlib currently lacks, most notably a Burkholder (or Burkholder–Davis–Gundy) inequality for discrete-time vector martingales in LqL^qLq, and the continuous-time bookkeeping of the step processes Uˉ\bar UUˉ, γˉ\bar\gammaγˉ​ and the noise deviation Δ\DeltaΔ, shared by the other missions of this series.

Difficulty

The obvious argument controls each window by Doob's L2L^2L2 maximal inequality and sums over windows. That works for q=2q=2q=2 only. For q>2q>2q>2 the second moment of the window sums is not summable under ∑γn1+q/2<∞\sum\gamma_n^{1+q/2}<\infty∑γn1+q/2​<∞, and one needs an LqL^qLq maximal inequality whose right-hand side is the q/2q/2q/2-th moment of the square function. That inequality, Burkholder's, is not in Mathlib. Converting the square function into the moment bound requires a Hölder-type inequality with tuned exponents, and passing from the discrete sums to Δ(t,T)\Delta(t,T)Δ(t,T) requires handling partial steps at both ends of [t,t+h][t,t+h][t,t+h]. A second subtlety is that A1 quantifies over all T>0T>0T>0: the almost-sure statement must hold on a single event of full probability for every TTT, not on an event that depends on TTT.

Formalization scope

The space is Rd\mathbb R^dRd as EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d); time is real; qqq is a real number with q≥2q\ge2q≥2, and all powers are real powers of nonnegative quantities. The sequences γ\gammaγ and UUU are indexed by N\mathbb NN, and their values at 000 are unused, as the paper indexes them from 111. The filtration is a Mathlib Filtration ℕ, Un+1U_{n+1}Un+1​ is required to be Fn+1\mathcal F_{n+1}Fn+1​-strongly measurable and integrable, and the martingale difference condition is E(Un+1∣Fn)=0E(U_{n+1}\mid\mathcal F_n)=0E(Un+1​∣Fn​)=0 almost surely. Expectations of nonnegative quantities, the suprema in A1 and Δ\DeltaΔ, and the moment bound are taken in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], so no default value of a non-integrable expectation or of an empty supremum can make a statement hold vacuously; the supremum over an empty range of kkk is 000.

The following readings are excluded and are not acceptable formalizations: a moment hypothesis that holds vacuously, a conditional expectation hypothesis on non-integrable noise, the conclusion "for each TTT, A1 holds almost surely" in place of "almost surely, A1 holds for all TTT", and qqq fixed to 222 or restricted to integers.

All hypotheses are satisfiable: U=0U=0U=0, x=0x=0x=0, F=0F=0F=0 and γn=1/n\gamma_n=1/nγn​=1/n with q=2q=2q=2 satisfy every one of them.

Contributions welcome: a general Burkholder inequality for discrete-time martingales in finite-dimensional spaces (reusable well beyond this mission), lemmas on the step processes and Δ\DeltaΔ (measurability, local integrability, additivity), and the proofs of the milestones.

Selected references

  • M. Benaïm, Dynamics of Stochastic Approximation Algorithms, Séminaire de Probabilités XXXIII, Lecture Notes in Mathematics 1709, Springer, 1999, pp. 1–68. https://doi.org/10.1007/BFb0096509
  • M. Benaïm and M. W. Hirsch, Asymptotic pseudotrajectories and chain recurrent flows, with applications, Journal of Dynamics and Differential Equations 8 (1996), 141–176. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02218617
  • M. Métivier and P. Priouret, Théorèmes de convergence presque sûre pour une classe d'algorithmes stochastiques à pas décroissant, Probability Theory and Related Fields 74 (1987), 403–428.
  • D. L. Burkholder, Distribution function inequalities for martingales, Annals of Probability 1 (1973), 19–42. https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1176997023
  • D. W. Stroock, Probability Theory: An Analytic View, Cambridge University Press, 1993.
  • H. Robbins and S. Monro, A stochastic approximation method, Annals of Mathematical Statistics 22 (1951), 400–407. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177729586
  • H. J. Kushner and G. G. Yin, Stochastic Approximation Algorithms and Applications, Springer, 1997.
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamical SystemsOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Dynamics of Stochastic Approximation Algorithms 5: If V(Λ) Has Empty Interior for a Lyapunov Function V, Every Internally Chain Transitive Set Lies in ΛResearch Paper

Motivation

A stochastic approximation algorithm is a recursion xn+1=xn+γn+1(F(xn)+Un+1)x_{n+1}=x_n+\gamma_{n+1}\big(F(x_n)+U_{n+1}\big)xn+1​=xn​+γn+1​(F(xn​)+Un+1​) with decreasing steps γn\gamma_nγn​ and noise UnU_nUn​. Stochastic gradient descent, the Robbins–Monro procedure, reinforcement-learning updates and learning dynamics in games all have this form. The ODE method compares such a recursion with the deterministic dynamics x˙=F(x)\dot x=F(x)x˙=F(x). Benaïm's lecture notes (Séminaire de Probabilités XXXIII, 1999) do this in two steps. First, the limit set of the interpolated process is internally chain transitive for the semiflow of FFF (Theorem 5.7, the subject of mission 1 of this series). Second, internally chain transitive sets are located using properties of the dynamics alone.

The most common tool in the second step is a Lyapounov function: a function that decreases strictly along every trajectory outside a set Λ\LambdaΛ and is constant on Λ\LambdaΛ. Proposition 6.4 of the notes states exactly when such a function forces every internally chain transitive set into Λ\LambdaΛ. It is the step behind the convergence of stochastic gradient algorithms to critical points (Corollary 6.7) and behind convergence results for learning in potential games.

Timeline.

  • Conley (Isolated Invariant Sets and the Morse Index, CBMS 38, 1978) introduced chain recurrence and the attractor–repeller description of it.
  • Benaïm and Hirsch (J. Dyn. Diff. Eq. 8, 1996) identified limit sets of asymptotic pseudotrajectories with internally chain transitive sets.
  • Benaïm (SIAM J. Control Optim. 34, 1996) developed the dynamical-systems approach to stochastic approximation built on these notions.
  • Bowen (J. Differential Equations 18, 1975) characterized chain transitivity by the absence of proper attractors, the content of Proposition 5.3 of the notes.
  • The 1999 notes state the Lyapounov criterion in the form used here, for semiflows on arbitrary metric spaces.

Setting

Let (M,d)(M,d)(M,d) be a metric space, with no compactness or completeness assumed. A semiflow Φ\PhiΦ on MMM is a continuous map R+×M→M\mathbb R_+\times M\to MR+​×M→M, (t,x)↦Φt(x)(t,x)\mapsto\Phi_t(x)(t,x)↦Φt​(x), with Φ0=Id\Phi_0=\mathrm{Id}Φ0​=Id and Φt+s=Φt∘Φs\Phi_{t+s}=\Phi_t\circ\Phi_sΦt+s​=Φt​∘Φs​.

  • A set AAA is invariant if Φt(A)=A\Phi_t(A)=AΦt​(A)=A for every t≥0t\ge0t≥0. For an invariant Λ\LambdaΛ, the restriction Φ∣Λ\Phi|\LambdaΦ∣Λ is the semiflow Φ\PhiΦ acting on Λ\LambdaΛ.
  • For δ,T>0\delta,T>0δ,T>0, a (δ,T)(\delta,T)(δ,T)-pseudo-orbit from aaa to bbb is a list of points y0,…,yky_0,\dots,y_ky0​,…,yk​ (k≥1k\ge1k≥1) and times t0,…,tk−1≥Tt_0,\dots,t_{k-1}\ge Tt0​,…,tk−1​≥T with d(y0,a)<δd(y_0,a)<\deltad(y0​,a)<δ, d(Φtj(yj),yj+1)<δd(\Phi_{t_j}(y_j),y_{j+1})<\deltad(Φtj​​(yj​),yj+1​)<δ for j<kj<kj<k, and yk=by_k=byk​=b.
  • A set LLL is internally chain transitive if it is nonempty, compact and invariant, and for all a,b∈La,b\in La,b∈L and all δ,T>0\delta,T>0δ,T>0 there is a (δ,T)(\delta,T)(δ,T)-pseudo-orbit of Φ∣L\Phi|LΦ∣L, so with every yi∈Ly_i\in Lyi​∈L, from aaa to bbb.
  • An attractor is a nonempty compact invariant set AAA with a neighbourhood WWW on which dist(Φtx,A)→0\mathrm{dist}(\Phi_t x,A)\to0dist(Φt​x,A)→0 uniformly. Its basin is the set of points xxx with dist(Φtx,A)→0\mathrm{dist}(\Phi_t x,A)\to0dist(Φt​x,A)→0.
  • Let Λ⊂M\Lambda\subset MΛ⊂M be compact and invariant. A continuous V:M→RV:M\to\mathbb RV:M→R is a Lyapounov function for Λ\LambdaΛ if t↦V(Φt(x))t\mapsto V(\Phi_t(x))t↦V(Φt​(x)) is constant for x∈Λx\in\Lambdax∈Λ and strictly decreasing for x∉Λx\notin\Lambdax∈/Λ.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 6.4

Let Λ\LambdaΛ be compact invariant and VVV a Lyapounov function for Λ\LambdaΛ, and assume that V(Λ)V(\Lambda)V(Λ) has empty interior in R\mathbb RR. Then for every internally chain transitive set LLL,

L⊂ΛandV∣L is constant.L\subset\Lambda\qquad\text{and}\qquad V|_L\ \text{is constant}.L⊂ΛandV∣L​ is constant.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 5.2. If UUU is open with compact closure and ΦT(U‾)⊂U\Phi_T(\overline U)\subset UΦT​(U)⊂U for some T>0T>0T>0, there is an attractor A⊂UA\subset UA⊂U whose basin contains U‾\overline UU.
  2. Proposition 5.3. For nonempty Λ\LambdaΛ: internally chain transitive   ⟺  \iff⟺ connected and internally chain recurrent   ⟺  \iff⟺ compact invariant, and Φ∣Λ\Phi|\LambdaΦ∣Λ has no proper attractor.
  3. The claim of the proof of 6.4. For LLL internally chain transitive and v∗=inf⁡LVv^*=\inf_L Vv∗=infL​V: L∩Λ≠∅L\cap\Lambda\ne\emptysetL∩Λ=∅ and v∗=inf⁡L∩ΛVv^*=\inf_{L\cap\Lambda}Vv∗=infL∩Λ​V.
  4. The sublevel step of the proof of 6.4. For every c>v∗c>v^*c>v∗ with c∉V(Λ)c\notin V(\Lambda)c∈/V(Λ), V<cV<cV<c on all of LLL.

Significance

The result. Proposition 6.4 converts a statement about real numbers, that V(Λ)V(\Lambda)V(Λ) has empty interior, into a statement about dynamics: the chain recurrent behaviour of Φ\PhiΦ is confined to Λ\LambdaΛ. With Theorem 5.7 it gives the following. If Φ\PhiΦ has such a Lyapounov function, then the limit set of any precompact asymptotic pseudotrajectory, in particular of a bounded stochastic approximation process, lies in Λ\LambdaΛ, and VVV is constant on it. When Λ\LambdaΛ is the set of equilibria and V(Λ)V(\Lambda)V(Λ) is Lebesgue-null by Sard's theorem, this is the convergence of stochastic gradient algorithms to connected sets of critical points (Corollary 6.7). Remark 6.5 gives a flow on the circle with a strict Lyapounov function, where the circle itself is internally chain transitive. So the empty-interior hypothesis cannot be removed.

Formalizing it. The result is proved, in the notes and in the earlier literature. No machine-checked version of chain recurrence for semiflows on metric spaces, Conley's attractor lemma, or Bowen's characterization of chain transitive sets is known to us. The mission therefore adds the following:

  • a formal definition layer for these notions on Mathlib's Flow;
  • formal proofs of Lemma 5.2 and Proposition 5.3, which are reused across this series (missions 1 and 6);
  • the Lyapounov criterion itself.

Difficulty

The obvious argument does not work. It runs: VVV decreases along trajectories, so along an orbit in LLL the value of VVV must settle on Λ\LambdaΛ. But points of an internally chain transitive set are joined only by pseudo-orbits. At each of the kkk jumps, VVV may increase by an amount that is small but not controlled in number, so monotonicity of VVV along true trajectories says nothing directly about LLL. Remark 6.5 shows that the conclusion is genuinely false without a condition on V(Λ)V(\Lambda)V(Λ). The difficulty is therefore global: pseudo-orbits that climb back up VVV through many small jumps must be excluded using information about the restricted semiflow Φ∣L\Phi|LΦ∣L as a whole, not the monotonicity of VVV along single trajectories. Milestones 1 and 2 are the general facts about chain transitive sets that this requires, and their own proofs involve compactness and uniform-continuity estimates over arbitrarily long pseudo-orbits.

Formalization scope

  • Representation. MMM is any MetricSpace, and the semiflow is Flow ℝ≥0 M.
  • Invariance is equality Φt(A)=A\Phi_t(A)=AΦt​(A)=A for every ttt, not inclusion.
  • Pseudo-orbits have at least one trajectory piece (k≥1k\ge1k≥1), times ≥T\ge T≥T, an exact endpoint, and, in the internal notions, all their points in the set.
  • Nonemptiness. Internally chain transitive and internally chain recurrent sets are nonempty by definition. Accordingly, Proposition 5.3 assumes Λ≠∅\Lambda\neq\emptysetΛ=∅ and Lemma 5.2 assumes U≠∅U\neq\emptysetU=∅.
  • Lyapounov function. The predicate contains the standing assumptions of its definition: Λ\LambdaΛ is compact and invariant, VVV is continuous, V(Φtx)=V(x)V(\Phi_t x)=V(x)V(Φt​x)=V(x) on Λ\LambdaΛ, and t↦V(Φtx)t\mapsto V(\Phi_t x)t↦V(Φt​x) is strictly antitone off Λ\LambdaΛ.
  • Empty interior is interior (V '' Λ) = ∅ in R\mathbb RR, not countability, finiteness or measure zero.
  • Infima are stated with IsGLB, not a real sInf.

The following formalizations are trivializing and are excluded:

  • chains with no jumps, under which every point is chain recurrent;
  • invariance as inclusion;
  • a non-strict decrease condition, under which constant functions are Lyapounov functions and the goal is false;
  • chains of Φ\PhiΦ that leave LLL, a strictly weaker notion;
  • quantifying only over limit sets instead of every internally chain transitive set.

A complete development needs elementary facts about ω-limit sets of points of a compact invariant set: they are nonempty, compact and invariant. It also needs the attractor construction A=⋂t≥0⋃s≥tΦs(U)‾A=\bigcap_{t\ge0}\overline{\bigcup_{s\ge t}\Phi_s(U)}A=⋂t≥0​⋃s≥t​Φs​(U)​ and the open sets {y:x↪δ,Ty}\{y: x\hookrightarrow_{\delta,T}y\}{y:x↪δ,T​y} used in Proposition 5.3. These are reusable for any work on Conley theory. Contributions of any of these lemmas, or of proofs of the milestones in any order, are welcome.

Selected references

  • M. Benaïm, Dynamics of Stochastic Approximation Algorithms, Séminaire de Probabilités XXXIII, Lecture Notes in Mathematics 1709, Springer, 1999, pp. 1–68. https://doi.org/10.1007/BFb0096509
  • M. Benaïm, M. W. Hirsch, Asymptotic pseudotrajectories and chain recurrent flows, with applications, J. Dynam. Differential Equations 8 (1996), 141–176. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02218613
  • M. Benaïm, A dynamical system approach to stochastic approximations, SIAM J. Control Optim. 34 (1996), 437–472. https://doi.org/10.1137/S0363012993253534
  • C. Conley, Isolated Invariant Sets and the Morse Index, CBMS Regional Conference Series in Mathematics 38, AMS, 1978. https://doi.org/10.1090/cbms/038
  • R. Bowen, ω-limit sets for Axiom A diffeomorphisms, J. Differential Equations 18 (1975), 333–339. https://doi.org/10.1016/0022-0396(75)90065-0
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Open Queueing Networks in Heavy Traffic: Reflected Brownian Motion Limit for the Queue Length ProcessResearch Paper

Motivation

Open networks of single-server queues with general interarrival and service distributions are the standard model of job shops, communication networks and service systems. Outside the product-form (Jackson) case their queue-length distributions are not known in closed form. When every station is close to saturation, a heavy-traffic limit replaces the network by a diffusion process. Martin I. Reiman's paper Open Queueing Networks in Heavy Traffic (Mathematics of Operations Research 9(3), 1984) proves such a limit for the vector of queue lengths of a general open network. The limit is a reflected Brownian motion on the nonnegative orthant. That process has since become the default diffusion approximation for open networks, and it is the starting point of later work on its stationary distribution and on control of networks in heavy traffic.

Timeline:

  • Iglehart and Whitt (1970a,b) proved heavy-traffic limits for a single multiple-server station and for acyclic networks, in which no customer visits a station twice.
  • Harrison (1973, 1978) treated tandem queues; the 1978 paper introduced reflected Brownian motion on the nonnegative orthant as the diffusion limit.
  • Harrison and Reiman (1981a, Ann. Probab. 9:302–308) constructed reflected Brownian motion on the orthant through a continuous reflection mapping. That paper is the source of Lemma 1 here.

(These attributions follow Reiman's own account, pp. 441–442 of the 1984 paper.)

  • Reiman (1984) proved the limit for general open networks with Markovian routing (Theorem 1). The paper also proves a limit for sojourn times along fixed routes (Theorem 2).

Setting

There are KKK single-server stations and a nonempty set J⊆{1,…,K}\mathcal J\subseteq\{1,\dots,K\}J⊆{1,…,K} of stations that receive customers from outside. The primitives are mutually independent sequences of IID random variables: interarrival times uki>0u_k^i>0uki​>0 (k∈Jk\in\mathcal Jk∈J), service times vki>0v_k^i>0vki​>0, and routing indicators ϕki∈{0,1,…,K}\phi_k^i\in\{0,1,\dots,K\}ϕki​∈{0,1,…,K}. When the iiith customer served at station kkk finishes, it moves to station ϕki\phi_k^iϕki​, or leaves if ϕki=0\phi_k^i=0ϕki​=0. The parameters are the service rates μk=(Evk1)−1\mu_k=(E v_k^1)^{-1}μk​=(Evk1​)−1, the service-time variances sk=var⁡vk1s_k=\operatorname{var} v_k^1sk​=varvk1​, the arrival rates λk=(Euk1)−1\lambda_k=(E u_k^1)^{-1}λk​=(Euk1​)−1 (with λk=0\lambda_k=0λk​=0 for k∉Jk\notin\mathcal Jk∈/J), and the interarrival variances ak=var⁡uk1a_k=\operatorname{var} u_k^1ak​=varuk1​. The routing matrix P=(pkj)P=(p_{kj})P=(pkj​), pkj=P{ϕk1=j}p_{kj}=P\{\phi_k^1=j\}pkj​=P{ϕk1​=j}, has spectral radius strictly less than one, so every customer eventually leaves.

Let Ak(t)A_k(t)Ak​(t) be the number of exogenous arrivals to station kkk by time ttt, and Sk(t)S_k(t)Sk​(t) the number of service completions at kkk in ttt units of busy time. Let S^k(t)=∑i≤Sk(t)eϕki−Sk(t)ek\hat S_k(t)=\sum_{i\le S_k(t)}e_{\phi_k^i}-S_k(t)e_kS^k​(t)=∑i≤Sk​(t)​eϕki​​−Sk​(t)ek​, with e0=0e_0=0e0​=0. The queue length Q(t)∈Z+KQ(t)\in\mathbb Z_+^KQ(t)∈Z+K​ and the busy time B(t)B(t)B(t) are the unique solution of

Q(t)=A(t)+∑k=1KS^k(Bk(t)),Bk(t)=∫0t1{Qk(s)>0} ds,B(0)=0.Q(t)=A(t)+\sum_{k=1}^K\hat S_k(B_k(t)),\qquad B_k(t)=\int_0^t1_{\{Q_k(s)>0\}}\,ds,\qquad B(0)=0 .Q(t)=A(t)+k=1∑K​S^k​(Bk​(t)),Bk​(t)=∫0t​1{Qk​(s)>0}​ds,B(0)=0.

A sequence of such networks, indexed by nnn, shares KKK, J\mathcal JJ and PPP. Its parameters μ(n),s(n),λ(n),a(n)\mu(n),s(n),\lambda(n),a(n)μ(n),s(n),λ(n),a(n) converge to finite limits μ,s,λ,a\mu,s,\lambda,aμ,s,λ,a. With ν(n)=λ(n)+μ(n)P\nu(n)=\lambda(n)+\mu(n)Pν(n)=λ(n)+μ(n)P, the heavy-traffic condition is

ck(n)=n (νk(n)−μk(n))→ck.c_k(n)=\sqrt n\,(\nu_k(n)-\mu_k(n))\to c_k .ck​(n)=n​(νk​(n)−μk​(n))→ck​.

Moments of order 2+ϵ2+\epsilon2+ϵ of the interarrival and service times are bounded uniformly in nnn. The scaled queue length is Zn(t)=n−1/2Qn(nt)Z^n(t)=n^{-1/2}Q^n(nt)Zn(t)=n−1/2Qn(nt), 0≤t≤10\le t\le10≤t≤1.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1

Let ξ\xiξ be a Brownian motion with drift ccc and covariance matrix A\mathcal AA, where

Aii=λi3ai+μi3si(1−2pii)+∑jμjpji(1−pji+pjiμj2sj),\mathcal A_{ii}=\lambda_i^3a_i+\mu_i^3s_i(1-2p_{ii})+\sum_j\mu_jp_{ji}(1-p_{ji}+p_{ji}\mu_j^2s_j),Aii​=λi3​ai​+μi3​si​(1−2pii​)+j∑​μj​pji​(1−pji​+pji​μj2​sj​), Aij=−[μi3sipij+μj3sjpji+∑kμkpkipkj(1−μk2sk)](i≠j).\mathcal A_{ij}=-\Big[\mu_i^3s_ip_{ij}+\mu_j^3s_jp_{ji}+\sum_k\mu_kp_{ki}p_{kj}(1-\mu_k^2s_k)\Big]\quad(i\ne j).Aij​=−[μi3​si​pij​+μj3​sj​pji​+k∑​μk​pki​pkj​(1−μk2​sk​)](i=j).

Let Z=ϕ(ξ)Z=\phi(\xi)Z=ϕ(ξ) be its reflection with reflection matrix I−PI-PI−P. Then

Zn⇒Zin D[0,1] (Skorohod topology).Z^n\Rightarrow Z\quad\text{in } D[0,1]\text{ (Skorohod topology)}.Zn⇒Zin D[0,1] (Skorohod topology).

The goal fixes no constants beyond the parameters' limits. It is stated for every network sequence satisfying (20)–(26).

Milestones

The milestones follow the paper's proof, in order:

  • the existence and uniqueness claim for (1)–(3);
  • the representation Q=X~+Y(I−P)Q=\tilde X+Y(I-P)Q=X~+Y(I−P) (Eq. (13));
  • the least-element map fff (Proposition 1);
  • the reflection mapping ϕ\phiϕ (Lemma 1) and f=ϕf=\phif=ϕ on continuous paths (Proposition 2);
  • the netput limit ζn⇒ζ\zeta^n\Rightarrow\zetaζn⇒ζ (Proposition 3);
  • stochastic boundedness of ZnZ^nZn (Lemma 6);
  • vanishing scaled idleness n−1Ikn(n)→0n^{-1}I^n_k(n)\to0n−1Ikn​(n)→0 (Proposition 4);
  • the centred limit ζ~n⇒ζ\tilde\zeta^n\Rightarrow\zetaζ~​n⇒ζ (Proposition 5).

Significance

Theorem 1 justifies the diffusion approximation of a heavily loaded open network. Writing Qn(t)≈n Z(t/n)Q^n(t)\approx\sqrt n\,Z(t/n)Qn(t)≈n​Z(t/n) reduces questions about the network to questions about one reflected Brownian motion, whose data are explicit functions of the first two moments of the primitives and of the routing matrix. The same limit, with Lemma 2, gives the paper's Theorem 2 on sojourn times. It is the model case for the multiclass heavy-traffic theory that followed.

The result has been proved since 1984. No machine-checked version exists. The mission's contributions would be:

  • a formal statement of the network, of its Harrison representation, and of weak convergence in DDD;
  • a formal proof of the reflection-mapping facts (Proposition 1, Lemma 1, Proposition 2), which are deterministic and reusable;
  • eventually, a formal proof of the full limit theorem.

Difficulty

The obvious route applies a functional central limit theorem to QnQ^nQn directly. That fails because QnQ^nQn is not a sum of independent terms: each station serves only while its queue is nonempty, so the service process is evaluated at the random busy time Bk(t)B_k(t)Bk​(t), which depends on the whole network. The proof therefore has to separate the netput process, which obeys a central limit theorem, from the regulator YYY. It then has to show that the random time change Bkn(nt)/nB^n_k(nt)/nBkn​(nt)/n converges to the identity, i.e. that idleness vanishes on the diffusion scale. Weak convergence must also be transported through a reflection map that is defined on all of DDD but is known to be continuous only at continuous paths.

Formalization scope

The Lean development uses the following conventions:

  • Stations are Fin K, vectors are row vectors Fin K → ℝ, and a row vector times a matrix is Matrix.vecMul.
  • A routing indicator lives in Fin (K+1), with 0 meaning "leaves" and j.succ meaning station jjj.
  • The primitives are mutually independent (iIndep of their σ-algebras), IID within each sequence, everywhere positive and square integrable.
  • "Spectral radius <1<1<1" is stated as Pm→0P^m\to0Pm→0.
  • (Qn,Bn)(Q^n,B^n)(Qn,Bn) is any pair solving (1)–(3) almost surely, with measurable paths so that (2) is a Lebesgue integral.
  • The networks are indexed by ℕ; (25)–(26) are imposed for n≥1n\ge1n≥1, (22) and (26) over k∈Jk\in\mathcal Jk∈J, and J\mathcal JJ is the same for all nnn.
  • Brownian motion with drift ccc and covariance A\mathcal AA lives on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞). It is defined by continuity, ξ(0)=0\xi(0)=0ξ(0)=0, independent increments, and the Gaussian characteristic function of increments.
  • ZZZ is the reflection of ξ\xiξ in the sense of (14)–(17).
  • Weak convergence in DDD is stated in Skorohod-representation form: a coupling with almost-sure J1_11​ convergence on [0,1][0,1][0,1]. This form accommodates a separate probability space for each nnn.

Added hypotheses, each implicit on the page:

  1. The existence item assumes Uk(l),Vk(l)→∞U_k(l),V_k(l)\to\inftyUk​(l),Vk​(l)→∞ at the sample point; without it the maxima defining Ak(t)A_k(t)Ak​(t) and Sk(t)S_k(t)Sk​(t) need not exist.
  2. Solutions of (1)–(3) have measurable paths.

No positivity hypothesis on the limits μk\mu_kμk​ is added: (25) and (26) bound the means of the service and interarrival times, so the limits are positive.

The statement is not to be weakened. Ruled out are:

  • convergence of finite-dimensional distributions only;
  • a single network without the index nnn;
  • uniform convergence used in place of the Skorohod topology without the coupling;
  • a Brownian motion that is not required to have independent Gaussian increments.

Each of these is a different theorem.

Useful contributions, all reusable beyond this mission:

  • the deterministic reflection-map results;
  • Donsker-type theorems for renewal counting processes in DDD;
  • the random time-change lemma (Billingsley);
  • the continuous mapping theorem in coupling form.

Selected references

  • M. I. Reiman, Open Queueing Networks in Heavy Traffic, Mathematics of Operations Research 9(3):441–458, 1984. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.9.3.441
  • J. M. Harrison and M. I. Reiman, Reflected Brownian Motion on an Orthant, Annals of Probability 9:302–308, 1981 (cited in Reiman 1984 as [6]).
  • J. M. Harrison, The Diffusion Approximation for Tandem Queues in Heavy Traffic, Advances in Applied Probability 10:886–905, 1978 (Reiman 1984, [5]).
  • J. M. Harrison, The Heavy Traffic Approximation for Single Server Queues in Series, Journal of Applied Probability 10:613–629, 1973 (Reiman 1984, [4]).
  • D. L. Iglehart and W. Whitt, Multiple Channel Queues in Heavy Traffic, I and II: Sequences, Networks, and Batches, Advances in Applied Probability 2:150–177 and 355–364, 1970 (Reiman 1984, [8], [9]).
  • P. Billingsley, Convergence of Probability Measures, Wiley, New York, 1968 (Reiman 1984, [1]).
13 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Fundamentals of Queueing Theory IX: Kingman's Upper Bound on the G/G/1 Queue WaitTextbook

Motivation

The single-server queue with general independent interarrival and service times, the G/G/1 queue, is the basic model of a congested resource: a machine, a link, a checkout. For Markovian arrivals or services the mean wait has a closed form (the Pollaczek–Khintchine formula for M/G/1, the geometric law for G/M/1). For general distributions it has none, and the mean wait depends on the whole distributions of the interarrival and service times, not only on their moments. Capacity planning still needs numbers. Bounds that use only the first two moments are therefore the practical tool. They say how bad congestion can be for any queue with a given arrival rate, service rate and variabilities, and they become exact as the traffic intensity approaches one.

This mission formalizes Chapter 7, §7.1 of Gross, Shortle, Thompson and Harris, Fundamentals of Queueing Theory (4th ed., Wiley 2008, DOI 10.1002/9781118625651), together with the heavy-traffic Theorem 7.1 of §7.2.3.

Timeline. Lindley (Proc. Cambridge Philos. Soc., 1952) derived the recursion for successive waiting times and characterized the stationary law. Kingman (Proc. Cambridge Philos. Soc., 1961, 1962) proved the heavy-traffic exponential limit. In "Some inequalities for the queue GI/G/1" (Biometrika, 1962) he proved the two-moment upper bound. Marshall (1968) derived further moment relations and bounds (Operations Research, 1968). Marchal (Operations Research, 1978) gave the lower bound (7.14).

Setting

A G/G/1 queue is specified by two probability laws on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞): the law AAA of an interarrival time TTT and the law BBB of a service time SSS. Both have finite second moments, and

E[T]=1λ,E[S]=1μ,σA2=Var[T],σB2=Var[S],ρ=λμ.E[T] = \frac1\lambda,\quad E[S] = \frac1\mu,\quad \sigma_A^2 = \mathrm{Var}[T],\quad \sigma_B^2 = \mathrm{Var}[S],\quad \rho = \frac{\lambda}{\mu}.E[T]=λ1​,E[S]=μ1​,σA2​=Var[T],σB2​=Var[S],ρ=μλ​.

The pairs (S(n),T(n))(S^{(n)}, T^{(n)})(S(n),T(n)) are independent and identically distributed, and S(n)S^{(n)}S(n) is independent of T(n)T^{(n)}T(n). Customers are served first come, first served. The line delay Wq(n)W_q^{(n)}Wq(n)​ of the nnnth customer obeys Lindley's recursion

Wq(n+1)=max⁡(0, Wq(n)+U(n)),U(n)=S(n)−T(n),(7.1)W_q^{(n+1)} = \max\bigl(0,\ W_q^{(n)} + U^{(n)}\bigr), \qquad U^{(n)} = S^{(n)} - T^{(n)}, \tag{7.1}Wq(n+1)​=max(0, Wq(n)​+U(n)),U(n)=S(n)−T(n),(7.1)

and Wq(n)W_q^{(n)}Wq(n)​ is independent of (S(n),T(n))(S^{(n)}, T^{(n)})(S(n),T(n)). The idle gap X(n)=−min⁡(0,Wq(n)+U(n))X^{(n)} = -\min(0, W_q^{(n)} + U^{(n)})X(n)=−min(0,Wq(n)​+U(n)) is the time between the nnnth departure and the next start of service.

The queue is stationary when the law ν\nuν of Wq(n)W_q^{(n)}Wq(n)​ does not depend on nnn, that is, when one step of (7.1) maps ν\nuν to itself. The mean stationary line delay is Wq=E[Wq(n)]=∫w dν(w)W_q = E[W_q^{(n)}] = \int w\,d\nu(w)Wq​=E[Wq(n)​]=∫wdν(w). In the Lean development these objects are IsGG1Input A B lam mu, lindley, idleX, IsStationaryWaitLaw A B ν and meanWait ν, in the namespace QueueingFundamentals.Bounds.

Formalization targets

Goal: Kingman's upper bound (7.13)

For every stationary G/G/1 queue with ρ<1\rho < 1ρ<1, WqW_qWq​ is finite and

Wq≤λ(σA2+σB2)2(1−ρ).W_q \le \frac{\lambda(\sigma_A^2 + \sigma_B^2)}{2(1-\rho)}.Wq​≤2(1−ρ)λ(σA2​+σB2​)​.

Milestones

  • the idle-gap identity E[X]=−E[U]=1/λ−1/μE[X] = -E[U] = 1/\lambda - 1/\muE[X]=−E[U]=1/λ−1/μ (7.4), and the mean-wait formula (7.7)
Wq=E[X2]−E[U2]2E[U];W_q = \frac{E[X^2] - E[U^2]}{2E[U]};Wq​=2E[U]E[X2]−E[U2]​;
  • the variance of the interdeparture time D=S(n+1)+X(n)D = S^{(n+1)} + X^{(n)}D=S(n+1)+X(n) (7.12): Var[D]=2σB2+σA2−2Wq(1/λ−1/μ)\mathrm{Var}[D] = 2\sigma_B^2 + \sigma_A^2 - 2W_q(1/\lambda - 1/\mu)Var[D]=2σB2​+σA2​−2Wq​(1/λ−1/μ);
  • Marchal's lower bound (7.14), Wq≥(λ2σB2+ρ(ρ−2))/(2λ(1−ρ))W_q \ge (\lambda^2\sigma_B^2 + \rho(\rho-2))/(2\lambda(1-\rho))Wq​≥(λ2σB2​+ρ(ρ−2))/(2λ(1−ρ));
  • the distributional lower bound Wq≥r0W_q \ge r_0Wq​≥r0​, with r0r_0r0​ the unique nonnegative root of f(z)=z−∫−z∞[1−U(t)] dtf(z) = z - \int_{-z}^\infty [1 - U(t)]\,dtf(z)=z−∫−z∞​[1−U(t)]dt and U(t)U(t)U(t) the CDF of S−TS - TS−T ((7.15), (7.16));
  • the two-sided estimate (7.17), max⁡(0,r0,λ2σB2+ρ(ρ−2)2λ(1−ρ))≤Wq≤λ(σA2+σB2)2(1−ρ)\max\bigl(0, r_0, \tfrac{\lambda^2\sigma_B^2 + \rho(\rho-2)}{2\lambda(1-\rho)}\bigr) \le W_q \le \tfrac{\lambda(\sigma_A^2+\sigma_B^2)}{2(1-\rho)}max(0,r0​,2λ(1−ρ)λ2σB2​+ρ(ρ−2)​)≤Wq​≤2(1−ρ)λ(σA2​+σB2​)​;
  • Theorem 7.1 (heavy traffic): for a sequence of G/G/1 queues with ρj→1\rho_j \to 1ρj​→1, αj=−E[Sj−Tj]\alpha_j = -E[S_j - T_j]αj​=−E[Sj​−Tj​] and βj2=Var[Sj−Tj]\beta_j^2 = \mathrm{Var}[S_j - T_j]βj2​=Var[Sj​−Tj​], under convergence of the input laws, Var[S−T]>0\mathrm{Var}[S - T] > 0Var[S−T]>0 and uniformly bounded (2+δ)(2+\delta)(2+δ)-moments,
2αjβj2 Wq,j→dExp(1).\frac{2\alpha_j}{\beta_j^2}\,W_{q,j} \xrightarrow{d} \mathrm{Exp}(1).βj2​2αj​​Wq,j​d​Exp(1).

The goal is (7.13) rather than the stronger (7.17) because it depends only on the first two moments of the input.

Significance

Kingman's bound is the most widely used performance estimate for single-server queues. It needs no distributional form, only two means and two variances. It yields the "Kingman formula" approximation used across manufacturing and service operations, and it is asymptotically exact as ρ→1\rho \to 1ρ→1 (Theorem 7.1). The departure variance (7.12) drives the decomposition approximations for networks of §7.3. The heavy-traffic theorem is the entry point to diffusion approximations of queues.

All results here are proved in the literature (Theorem 7.1 is stated in the book without proof). This mission produces the first machine-checked versions. As far as a search of the platform shows, none of these statements, and no stationary Lindley recursion, has been formalized. The substrate it needs is reusable for any mission on G/G/1, G/G/c or random walks: stationary laws of a recursion on distributions, moment identities for max⁡(0,⋅)\max(0,\cdot)max(0,⋅), and convergence in distribution.

Difficulty

The book's derivation squares (7.3) and takes expectations, using E[(Wq(n+1))2]=E[(Wq(n))2]E[(W_q^{(n+1)})^2] = E[(W_q^{(n)})^2]E[(Wq(n+1)​)2]=E[(Wq(n)​)2]. That step is valid only if the stationary wait has a finite second moment. It is not assumed here and fails in general: with finite second moments of SSS and TTT the stationary wait has a finite mean, but its second moment is finite only if E[S3]<∞E[S^3] < \inftyE[S3]<∞. So the moment identity (7.7) cannot be obtained by cancelling second moments. A truncation or limiting argument is needed, and even the finiteness of WqW_qWq​ has to be proved rather than assumed. The lower bound Wq≥r0W_q \ge r_0Wq​≥r0​ further needs a Jensen argument for the conditional mean of one Lindley step. Theorem 7.1 needs a uniform-integrability argument across a sequence of queues.

Formalization scope

Conventions committed to in Lean:

  • laws, not random variables: AAA, BBB and the stationary law ν\nuν are Measure ℝ; independence of Wq(n),S(n),T(n)W_q^{(n)}, S^{(n)}, T^{(n)}Wq(n)​,S(n),T(n) (and S(n+1)S^{(n+1)}S(n+1) for DDD) is the product measure;
  • the input laws are probability measures on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) with finite second moments (MemLp id 2), E[T]=1/λE[T] = 1/\lambdaE[T]=1/λ, E[S]=1/μE[S] = 1/\muE[S]=1/μ, λ,μ>0\lambda, \mu > 0λ,μ>0, ρ=λ/μ<1\rho = \lambda/\mu < 1ρ=λ/μ<1;
  • stationarity is invariance of the whole law ν\nuν under one step of (7.1), not equality of means;
  • WqW_qWq​, the variances (Mathlib variance) and f1f_1f1​ are Lebesgue integrals. Every theorem therefore asserts, as part of its conclusion, that ν\nuν has a finite mean, and none assumes a finite second moment of ν\nuν;
  • U(t)U(t)U(t) is Mathlib's cdf of the law of S−TS - TS−T;
  • convergence in distribution is convergence of ∫g\int g∫g for all bounded continuous ggg, and Exp(1)\mathrm{Exp}(1)Exp(1) is expMeasure 1.

Closed forms carried by the statements: (7.4), (7.7), (7.12), (7.13), (7.14) and (7.17) exactly as printed, and the scaling 2αj/βj22\alpha_j/\beta_j^22αj​/βj2​ of Theorem 7.1.

Stating (7.13) with WqW_qWq​, E[X2]E[X^2]E[X2] or the idle probability as free real numbers constrained by (7.7) would reduce it to algebra. Here WqW_qWq​ is always the mean of a stationary law of the queue.

Not formalized: (7.5) and (7.8), which need the idle-period law III and the arrival-point probability q0q_0q0​ as separate objects, and the multiserver bounds of §7.1.3. Proofs of any milestone are welcome, as are reusable lemmas on stationary laws of Lindley's recursion (existence, uniqueness, and finiteness of the mean under E[S2]<∞E[S^2] < \inftyE[S2]<∞).

Selected references

  • D. Gross, J. F. Shortle, J. M. Thompson, C. M. Harris, Fundamentals of Queueing Theory, 4th ed., Wiley, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781118625651
  • D. V. Lindley, The theory of queues with a single server, Math. Proc. Cambridge Philos. Soc. 48 (1952)
  • J. F. C. Kingman, The single server queue in heavy traffic, Math. Proc. Cambridge Philos. Soc. 57 (1961)
  • J. F. C. Kingman, Some inequalities for the queue GI/G/1, Biometrika 49 (1962)
  • K. T. Marshall, Some inequalities in queuing, Operations Research 16 (1968)
  • W. G. Marchal, Some simpler bounds on the mean queuing time, Operations Research 26 (1978)
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Control TheoryOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Dynamic Scheduling of a System with Two Parallel Servers in Heavy Traffic with Resource Pooling: The Threshold Policy Is Asymptotically OptimalResearch Paper

Motivation

Many service systems route several classes of work to servers with overlapping skills: call centers with cross-trained agents, manufacturing cells with flexible machines, computing clusters with heterogeneous processors. Choosing which server works on which class at each moment is a dynamic scheduling problem. Exact optimal policies are out of reach except in toy cases, so heavy-traffic theory replaces the queueing system by a Brownian control problem, solves that limit problem, and then asks for a policy in the original system whose performance converges to the Brownian optimum. This programme was proposed by Harrison (Harrison 1988), and the parallel server system studied here is the example Harrison used (Harrison, Ann. Appl. Probab. 1998) to show that the greedy static priority rule can be very inefficient.

Bell and Williams (2001) gave the first proof of asymptotic optimality of a continuous-review policy for this system, with renewal arrivals and general service times. Harrison (1998) had treated Poisson arrivals and deterministic service times with a discrete-review policy and a pathwise criterion. Harrison and López (Queueing Systems, 1999) identified the complete resource pooling condition for general parallel server systems. The threshold policy and the proof method of Bell and Williams were later extended to multiserver systems (Bell and Williams, Electron. J. Probab., 2005).

Setting

There are two job classes and two servers. Server 1 serves class 1 (activity 1); server 2 serves class 1 (activity 2) and class 2 (activity 3). A sequence of such systems is indexed by r→∞r\to\inftyr→∞. On a probability space, i.i.d. sequences uˇk(i)\check u_k(i)uˇk​(i) (k=1,2k=1,2k=1,2) and vˇj(i)\check v_j(i)vˇj​(i) (j=1,2,3j=1,2,3j=1,2,3), i≥1i\ge1i≥1, are fixed: strictly positive, mutually independent, with mean one and finite variances αk2,βj2\alpha_k^2,\beta_j^2αk2​,βj2​. In system rrr the interarrival times are ukr(i)=uˇk(i)/λkru_k^r(i)=\check u_k(i)/\lambda_k^rukr​(i)=uˇk​(i)/λkr​ and the service times are vjr(i)=vˇj(i)/μjrv_j^r(i)=\check v_j(i)/\mu_j^rvjr​(i)=vˇj​(i)/μjr​. The renewal processes Akr(t)A_k^r(t)Akr​(t) and Sjr(t)S_j^r(t)Sjr​(t) count arrivals and potential service completions.

A scheduling control policy is an allocation T=(T1,T2,T3)T=(T_1,T_2,T_3)T=(T1​,T2​,T3​), where Tj(t)T_j(t)Tj​(t) is the time devoted to activity jjj in [0,t][0,t][0,t]. Each Tj(t)T_j(t)Tj​(t) is a random variable, each TjT_jTj​ is continuous and nondecreasing from 000, and so are the idle times I1=t−T1I_1=t-T_1I1​=t−T1​ and I2=t−T2−T3I_2=t-T_2-T_3I2​=t−T2​−T3​. The queue lengths

Q1(t)=A1(t)−S1(T1(t))−S2(T2(t)),Q2(t)=A2(t)−S3(T3(t))Q_1(t)=A_1(t)-S_1(T_1(t))-S_2(T_2(t)),\qquad Q_2(t)=A_2(t)-S_3(T_3(t))Q1​(t)=A1​(t)−S1​(T1​(t))−S2​(T2​(t)),Q2​(t)=A2​(t)−S3​(T3​(t))

must be nonnegative. Policies may anticipate the future. The rates satisfy Assumption 3.1: λ1>μ1\lambda_1>\mu_1λ1​>μ1​, 1−(λ1−μ1)/μ2=λ2/μ31-(\lambda_1-\mu_1)/\mu_2=\lambda_2/\mu_31−(λ1​−μ1​)/μ2​=λ2​/μ3​, and the rates converge at rate 1/r1/r1/r to limits with second-order parameters θ1,θ2\theta_1,\theta_2θ1​,θ2​. Assumption 3.2 is h1μ2≥h2μ3h_1\mu_2\ge h_2\mu_3h1​μ2​≥h2​μ3​, and Assumption 3.3 gives finite exponential moments near 000. With Q^r(t)=r−1Qr(r2t)\hat Q^r(t)=r^{-1}Q^r(r^2t)Q^​r(t)=r−1Qr(r2t) the cost is

J^r(Tr)=E(∫0∞e−γt h⋅Q^r(t) dt).\hat J^r(T^r)=\mathbf E\Big(\int_0^\infty e^{-\gamma t}\,h\cdot\hat Q^r(t)\,dt\Big).J^r(Tr)=E(∫0∞​e−γth⋅Q^​r(t)dt).

The threshold policy with Lr=[clog⁡r]L^r=[c\log r]Lr=[clogr] works as follows. Server 1 works whenever it has a class 1 job available. Server 2 serves class 1 with preemptive-resume priority when more than LrL^rLr class 1 jobs are present, and otherwise serves class 2. The Brownian benchmark is built from a two-dimensional Brownian motion X~\tilde XX~ with drift θ\thetaθ and diagonal covariance, from y=(1,μ2/μ3)y=(1,\mu_2/\mu_3)y=(1,μ2​/μ3​), and from the reflected process W~∗=y⋅X~+V~∗\tilde W^*=y\cdot\tilde X+\tilde V^*W~∗=y⋅X~+V~∗ with V~∗(t)=−inf⁡s≤ty⋅X~(s)\tilde V^*(t)=-\inf_{s\le t}y\cdot\tilde X(s)V~∗(t)=−infs≤t​y⋅X~(s). Its cost is J∗=E∫0∞e−γth2 W~∗(t)/y2 dtJ^*=\mathbf E\int_0^\infty e^{-\gamma t}h_2\,\tilde W^*(t)/y_2\,dtJ∗=E∫0∞​e−γth2​W~∗(t)/y2​dt.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5.3

For ccc larger than a constant c0c_0c0​ that depends only on the model data, and for every sequence {Tr}\{T^r\}{Tr} of scheduling control policies,

lim inf⁡r→∞J^r(Tr) ≥ J∗ = lim⁡r→∞J^r(Tr,∗),J∗<∞.\liminf_{r\to\infty}\hat J^r(T^r)\ \ge\ J^*\ =\ \lim_{r\to\infty}\hat J^r(T^{r,*}),\qquad J^*<\infty .r→∞liminf​J^r(Tr) ≥ J∗ = r→∞lim​J^r(Tr,∗),J∗<∞.

Milestones

  • Proposition B.1: the one-dimensional Skorokhod problem, its explicit solution and its minimality.
  • Appendix A, (181) and (184): Cramér-type deviation bounds for delayed renewal processes.
  • Theorem 7.2: after first reaching LrL^rLr, the class 1 queue stays within Lr−1L^r-1Lr−1 of the threshold, with probability tending to one.
  • Theorem 7.1: (Q^1r,I^1r)⇒(0,0)(\hat Q_1^r,\hat I_1^r)\Rightarrow(0,0)(Q^​1r​,I^1r​)⇒(0,0) under the threshold policy.
  • Lemma 8.1: the fluid-scaled threshold allocations converge to Tˉ∗(t)=(t,λ1−μ1μ2t,λ2μ3t)\bar T^*(t)=(t,\frac{\lambda_1-\mu_1}{\mu_2}t,\frac{\lambda_2}{\mu_3}t)Tˉ∗(t)=(t,μ2​λ1​−μ1​​t,μ3​λ2​​t).
  • Theorem 5.2 (state-space collapse): (Q^1r,Q^2r,I^1r,I^2r)⇒(0,Q~2∗,0,I~2∗)(\hat Q_1^r,\hat Q_2^r,\hat I_1^r,\hat I_2^r)\Rightarrow(0,\tilde Q_2^*,0,\tilde I_2^*)(Q^​1r​,Q^​2r​,I^1r​,I^2r​)⇒(0,Q~​2∗​,0,I~2∗​).
  • Lemma 9.3: along a subsequence achieving a finite lim inf⁡\liminfliminf cost, the fluid-scaled processes converge to (0,λt,μt,Tˉ∗,0)(0,\lambda t,\mu t,\bar T^*,0)(0,λt,μt,Tˉ∗,0).

A further draft theorem states that Definition 5.1 determines an admissible allocation, unique pathwise, whenever Lr≥1L^r\ge1Lr≥1.

Significance

The theorem proves that a simple state-dependent rule, which sends server 2 to class 1 only when the class 1 queue exceeds a logarithmic safety stock, is asymptotically optimal among all policies, including those that anticipate the future. The limiting cost is the explicit optimum of the Brownian control problem. The proof gives a template for heavy-traffic asymptotic optimality under complete resource pooling: a lower bound valid for every policy, and state-space collapse under the proposed policy. The residual process analysis of Section 7 shows how a threshold of order log⁡r\log rlogr makes starvation of server 1 negligible on the diffusion time scale.

The paper's results are proved but not machine-checked; no formal proof exists in any proof assistant. The mission asks for formal statements of the paper's main theorem and its supporting lemmas, followed by formal proofs. Parts of the development are independent of the paper: the one-dimensional Skorokhod map, renewal large deviation bounds, and convergence encodings on path space.

Difficulty

The lower bound must hold for arbitrary, possibly anticipating, policies, so no Markov structure is available. The argument has to pass through fluid limits of an arbitrary cost-minimizing subsequence and a pathwise minimality property, and Fatou's lemma for the limit needs uniform control. For the upper bound, the obvious approach, a static priority rule, is known to fail: it starves server 1 and produces a large class 1 queue. With a threshold policy, the hard step is to show that the class 1 queue, once at the threshold, rarely moves Lr−1L^r-1Lr−1 away from it over a time interval of length r2tr^2tr2t. That requires large deviation estimates for renewal processes started at random, multiparameter stopping times. Showing that J^r(Tr,∗)\hat J^r(T^{r,*})J^r(Tr,∗) converges to J∗J^*J∗, rather than only that the processes converge in distribution, also requires uniform integrability of the scaled queue lengths.

Formalization scope

Classes and activities are indexed by Fin 2 and Fin 3. The i.i.d. sequences keep the paper's index base i≥1i\ge1i≥1, and the systems are indexed by n∈Nn\in\mathbb Nn∈N with r=rn∈[1,∞)r=r_n\in[1,\infty)r=rn​∈[1,∞), rn→∞r_n\to\inftyrn​→∞. Time is real, and every condition is imposed for t≥0t\ge0t≥0. Admissibility is exactly (11)–(14). Measurability in (11) is with respect to the completion of P\mathbf PP, since the paper's space is complete. Finiteness of the renewal processes everywhere on Ω\OmegaΩ, which the paper obtains by discarding a null set, is a hypothesis. Queue lengths are real, costs are lower Lebesgue integrals in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], counting processes take values in N∪{∞}\mathbb N\cup\{\infty\}N∪{∞}, and Λ\LambdaΛ, Λ∗\Lambda^*Λ∗ take values in the extended reals.

The constant c0c_0c0​ is existential and is chosen after the model data and before ccc, the policies and the Brownian motions. The threshold relations are required only for the systems with Lr≥1L^r\ge1Lr≥1, which are all but finitely many. Each convergence to a deterministic limit (Theorem 7.1, Lemmas 8.1 and 9.3) is stated as u.o.c. convergence in probability, the paper's own equivalence (p. 633). Theorem 5.2 is stated in coupling form: there are copies of the processes on one probability space, with Skorokhod paths and the same laws, that converge almost surely uniformly on compacts. This is equivalent to weak convergence in D4\mathbf D^4D4 to a limit with continuous paths. J∗J^*J∗ is defined by (44) from an arbitrary pair of independent standard Brownian motions (Mathlib's IsBrownianReal), not by a closed form.

Two formalizations would make the goal trivial, and both are excluded. Leaving out the requirement that Tr,∗T^{r,*}Tr,∗ actually follow the policy would make the goal false or empty. Narrowing the class of competing policies, for example to non-anticipating ones, would weaken the theorem. A draft theorem also states that the threshold allocation exists and is unique pathwise, so the hypothesis on Tr,∗T^{r,*}Tr,∗ can be satisfied.

The development needs renewal theory (functional central limit theorems, Cramér bounds), multiparameter stopping times, tightness in D\mathbf DD, the Skorokhod representation theorem, the reflection map, and properties of reflected Brownian motion. Contributions are welcome at every level: proofs of milestones, reusable lemmas on renewal processes and the Skorokhod map, and further lemmas of the paper (Lemmas 7.5, 7.6 and 9.2 are not yet stated).

Selected references

  • S. L. Bell and R. J. Williams, Dynamic scheduling of a system with two parallel servers in heavy traffic with resource pooling: asymptotic optimality of a threshold policy, Ann. Appl. Probab. 11 (2001) 608–649. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoap/1015345343
  • J. M. Harrison, Heavy traffic analysis of a system with parallel servers: asymptotic optimality of discrete-review policies, Ann. Appl. Probab. 8 (1998) 822–848.
  • J. M. Harrison and M. J. López, Heavy traffic resource pooling in parallel-server systems, Queueing Systems 33 (1999) 339–368.
  • J. M. Harrison, Brownian models of queueing networks with heterogeneous customer populations, in Stochastic Differential Systems, Stochastic Control Theory and Their Applications, Springer (1988) 147–186.
  • S. L. Bell and R. J. Williams, Dynamic scheduling of a parallel server system in heavy traffic with complete resource pooling: asymptotic optimality of a threshold policy, Electron. J. Probab. 10 (2005) 1044–1115.
  • J. M. Harrison, Brownian Motion and Stochastic Flow Systems, Wiley (1985).
14 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamical SystemsOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Dynamics of Stochastic Approximation Algorithms 7: Weak Limit Points of the Occupation Measures of a Weak Asymptotic Pseudotrajectory Are InvariantResearch Paper

Motivation

Stochastic approximation algorithms are recursions xn+1−xn=γn+1(F(xn)+Un+1)x_{n+1}-x_n=\gamma_{n+1}(F(x_n)+U_{n+1})xn+1​−xn​=γn+1​(F(xn​)+Un+1​) driven by small steps γn\gamma_nγn​ and noise Un+1U_{n+1}Un+1​; they include the Robbins–Monro scheme, stochastic gradient methods and learning dynamics in games. The ODE method studies their long-run behaviour by comparing a time-interpolation of the iterates with the trajectories of a deterministic dynamical system. In Benaïm's lecture notes (Benaïm 1999) this comparison is formalized by the notion of an asymptotic pseudotrajectory, introduced in Benaïm and Hirsch (1996): a path that, over every window of fixed length, shadows the deterministic orbit started at its current position with an error that vanishes as time goes to infinity.

The pathwise results of the earlier sections of the notes concern algorithms whose step sizes decrease fast enough, typically γn=o(1/log⁡n)\gamma_n=o(1/\log n)γn​=o(1/logn) or γn=O(n−α)\gamma_n=O(n^{-\alpha})γn​=O(n−α). When the step sizes go to zero more slowly, the limit sets of the process can no longer be characterized precisely: with steps of order 1/log⁡n1/\log n1/logn the process may fail to converge even when the chain recurrent set of the ODE consists of isolated equilibria. Section 10, which is mainly based on work of Benaïm and Schreiber, describes instead the statistical behaviour of such processes in terms of the deterministic dynamics. It introduces a weaker, conditional notion, the weak asymptotic pseudotrajectory, and proves in Theorem 10.1 that the empirical distribution of the time spent by the process in different regions of the state space accumulates only on invariant measures of the deterministic dynamics. This is an ergodic-theoretic counterpart of the limit-set theorems of Section 5.

Setting

A semiflow on a metric space (M,d)(M,d)(M,d) is a continuous map Φ:R+×M→M\Phi:\mathbb R_+\times M\to MΦ:R+​×M→M, (t,x)↦Φt(x)(t,x)\mapsto\Phi_t(x)(t,x)↦Φt​(x), with Φ0=Id\Phi_0=\mathrm{Id}Φ0​=Id and Φt+s=Φt∘Φs\Phi_{t+s}=\Phi_t\circ\Phi_sΦt+s​=Φt​∘Φs​ for t,s≥0t,s\ge0t,s≥0. Throughout, MMM is a separable metric space with its Borel σ\sigmaσ-algebra.

Let (Ω,F,P)(\Omega,\mathcal F,P)(Ω,F,P) be a probability space and {Ft}t≥0\{\mathcal F_t\}_{t\ge0}{Ft​}t≥0​ a nondecreasing family of sub-σ\sigmaσ-algebras. A process X:R+×Ω→MX:\mathbb R_+\times\Omega\to MX:R+​×Ω→M is a weak asymptotic pseudotrajectory of Φ\PhiΦ if

  1. it is progressively measurable: for every T>0T>0T>0 the restriction of XXX to [0,T]×Ω[0,T]\times\Omega[0,T]×Ω is measurable for the product of the Borel σ\sigmaσ-field of [0,T][0,T][0,T] and FT\mathcal F_TFT​;
  2. for each α>0\alpha>0α>0 and T>0T>0T>0, almost surely
lim⁡t→∞P{sup⁡0≤h≤Td(X(t+h),Φh(X(t)))≥α ∣ Ft}=0.\lim_{t\to\infty}P\Big\{\sup_{0\le h\le T}d\big(X(t+h),\Phi_h(X(t))\big)\ge\alpha\ \Big|\ \mathcal F_t\Big\}=0 .t→∞lim​P{0≤h≤Tsup​d(X(t+h),Φh​(X(t)))≥α ​ Ft​}=0.

Let P(M)\mathcal P(M)P(M) be the space of Borel probability measures on MMM with the topology of weak convergence. A measure μ∈P(M)\mu\in\mathcal P(M)μ∈P(M) is Φ\PhiΦ-invariant if (Φt)∗μ=μ(\Phi_t)_*\mu=\mu(Φt​)∗​μ=μ for every t≥0t\ge0t≥0; the set of invariant measures is M(Φ)\mathcal M(\Phi)M(Φ). The occupation measure of the process at time t>0t>0t>0 is the random probability measure

μt(ω)=1t∫0tδX(s,ω) ds,\mu_t(\omega)=\frac1t\int_0^t\delta_{X(s,\omega)}\,ds ,μt​(ω)=t1​∫0t​δX(s,ω)​ds,

and M(X,ω)⊂P(M)\mathcal M(X,\omega)\subset\mathcal P(M)M(X,ω)⊂P(M) is the set of its weak limit points as t→∞t\to\inftyt→∞.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 10.1

If XXX is a weak asymptotic pseudotrajectory of Φ\PhiΦ, there is a set Ω~⊂Ω\tilde\Omega\subset\OmegaΩ~⊂Ω with P(Ω~)=1P(\tilde\Omega)=1P(Ω~)=1 such that for all ω∈Ω~\omega\in\tilde\Omegaω∈Ω~

M(X,ω)⊂M(Φ).\mathcal M(X,\omega)\subset\mathcal M(\Phi).M(X,ω)⊂M(Φ).

No tightness is assumed, so M(X,ω)\mathcal M(X,\omega)M(X,ω) may be empty; the statement asserts the inclusion, not nonemptiness.

Milestones

Fix a uniformly continuous f:M→[0,1]f:M\to[0,1]f:M→[0,1] and T>0T>0T>0, and set Un(f,T)=∫(n−1)TnTf(X(s)) dsU_n(f,T)=\int_{(n-1)T}^{nT}f(X(s))\,dsUn​(f,T)=∫(n−1)TnT​f(X(s))ds for n≥1n\ge1n≥1. The milestones are the numbered displays of the proof on pp. 62–63:

  • Eq. (47): 1n∑i=1n[Ui(f,T)−E(Ui(f,T)∣F(i−1)T)]→0\frac1n\sum_{i=1}^n[U_i(f,T)-E(U_i(f,T)\mid\mathcal F_{(i-1)T})]\to0n1​∑i=1n​[Ui​(f,T)−E(Ui​(f,T)∣F(i−1)T​)]→0 almost surely (stated for every continuous fff with values in [0,1][0,1][0,1], since the proof also applies it to f∘ΦTf\circ\Phi_Tf∘ΦT​);
  • Eq. (50): the same with Ui+1(f,T)U_{i+1}(f,T)Ui+1​(f,T) conditioned on F(i−1)T\mathcal F_{(i-1)T}F(i−1)T​;
  • Eq. (51): E(Ui+1(f,T)−Ui(f∘ΦT,T)∣F(i−1)T)→0E(U_{i+1}(f,T)-U_i(f\circ\Phi_T,T)\mid\mathcal F_{(i-1)T})\to0E(Ui+1​(f,T)−Ui​(f∘ΦT​,T)∣F(i−1)T​)→0 almost surely;
  • Eq. (52): 1n∑i=1nUi+1(f,T)−1n∑i=1nUi(f∘ΦT,T)→0\frac1n\sum_{i=1}^nU_{i+1}(f,T)-\frac1n\sum_{i=1}^nU_i(f\circ\Phi_T,T)\to0n1​∑i=1n​Ui+1​(f,T)−n1​∑i=1n​Ui​(f∘ΦT​,T)→0 almost surely;
  • Eq. (53): for a single measurable path whose occupation measures converge weakly to μ\muμ along tj→∞t_j\to\inftytj​→∞, the averages 1njT∑i=0nj−1∫iT(i+1)Tf(xs) ds\frac1{n_jT}\sum_{i=0}^{n_j-1}\int_{iT}^{(i+1)T}f(x_s)\,dsnj​T1​∑i=0nj​−1​∫iT(i+1)T​f(xs​)ds with nj=⌊tj/T⌋n_j=\lfloor t_j/T\rfloornj​=⌊tj​/T⌋ converge to ∫f dμ\int f\,d\mu∫fdμ for every bounded continuous fff.

Significance

The result. Theorem 10.1 locates the long-run statistics of a stochastic process that only shadows a deterministic semiflow in conditional probability. When the occupation measures are tight, for example when the path has compact closure, M(X,ω)\mathcal M(X,\omega)M(X,ω) is nonempty, and the theorem restricts where the process spends its time to the supports of invariant measures. Right after the theorem the notes define the minimal center of attraction of the process from the supports of the measures in M(X,ω)\mathcal M(X,\omega)M(X,ω); the conclusion applies to processes, such as slowly decreasing step-size algorithms, for which the pathwise limit-set theorem of Section 5 is not available.

Formalizing it. The theorem has a complete published proof. No machine-checked version of it, of weak asymptotic pseudotrajectories, or of occupation-measure limit theorems for continuous-time processes is known to exist. The mission produces a formal definition of progressively measurable weak asymptotic pseudotrajectories, occupation measures of measurable paths and their weak limit points, and a proof that combines a martingale law of large numbers in discrete time with weak convergence in P(M)\mathcal P(M)P(M).

Difficulty

The obvious route is to apply the pathwise argument for asymptotic pseudotrajectories along each path. It fails, because condition 2 controls only conditional probabilities: the deviation events may occur infinitely often along almost every path while their conditional probabilities tend to zero. The proof therefore has to work with averages and conditional expectations instead of with individual paths: a strong law of large numbers for bounded martingale differences transfers conditional statements to time averages, and this must be done for one test function and one horizon at a time. Passing from countably many test functions to invariance requires a countable family of uniformly continuous functions that determines weak convergence on the separable space MMM, and the a.s. sets must be intersected over that family and over rational horizons. Measurability is a second difficulty: paths are not assumed continuous, so the integrals, suprema and conditional expectations involved must be shown to be well defined from progressive measurability alone.

Formalization scope

Time is R≥0\mathbb R_{\ge0}R≥0​; the semiflow is Mathlib's Flow ℝ≥0 M; the filtration is a Filtration ℝ≥0; P(M)\mathcal P(M)P(M) is ProbabilityMeasure M with its topology of weak convergence. MMM is a separable metric space with its Borel σ\sigmaσ-algebra; it is not assumed compact, complete or Polish. Progressive measurability is stated literally for every T>0T>0T>0. The conditional probability in condition 2 is the conditional expectation of the indicator of the deviation event, which is required to be measurable (the paper's P{⋅∣Ft}P\{\cdot\mid\mathcal F_t\}P{⋅∣Ft​} presupposes an event); the supremum over h∈[0,T]h\in[0,T]h∈[0,T] is taken in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]. Invariance for the semiflow is (Φt)∗μ=μ(\Phi_t)_*\mu=\mu(Φt​)∗​μ=μ for all t≥0t\ge0t≥0, the form the proof establishes; for a flow it agrees with the definition μ(A)=μ(Φt(A))\mu(A)=\mu(\Phi_t(A))μ(A)=μ(Φt​(A)) of Section 8.3. Weak limit points are cluster points of t↦μt(ω)t\mapsto\mu_t(\omega)t↦μt​(ω) as t→∞t\to\inftyt→∞; the occupation measure is a genuine probability measure for every measurable path and t>0t>0t>0.

The following formalizations would trivialize the statement and are excluded by the definitions: an "occupation measure" equal to the zero measure for a non-measurable path; a conditional probability of a non-measurable event, which Lean evaluates to 000 and which would make condition 2 vacuous; invariance defined through images Φt(A)\Phi_t(A)Φt​(A), which need not be Borel for a semiflow; and a compactness or Polish assumption on MMM, which the theorem does not make.

A complete development needs: Fubini-type measurability for progressively measurable processes, square-integrable martingale convergence and Kronecker's lemma (both largely in Mathlib), conditional expectations of time integrals, a convergence-determining countable family of uniformly continuous functions on a separable metric space, and the identification of weak convergence with convergence of integrals of bounded continuous functions. The martingale law of large numbers (Eqs. (47), (50)) and Eq. (53) are reusable outside this mission. Proofs of any milestone, and alternative arguments for the goal, are welcome.

Selected references

  • M. Benaïm, Dynamics of Stochastic Approximation Algorithms, Séminaire de Probabilités XXXIII, Lecture Notes in Mathematics 1709, Springer, 1999, pp. 1–68. Section 10, Theorem 10.1, pp. 60–63. https://doi.org/10.1007/BFb0096509
  • M. Benaïm and M. W. Hirsch, Asymptotic pseudotrajectories and chain recurrent flows, with applications, Journal of Dynamics and Differential Equations 8 (1996), 141–176. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02218617
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamical SystemsOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Dynamics of Stochastic Approximation Algorithms 1: Limit Sets of Precompact Asymptotic Pseudotrajectories Are Internally Chain TransitiveResearch Paper

Motivation

A stochastic approximation algorithm updates an estimate by small noisy steps, xn+1−xn=γn+1(F(xn)+Un+1)x_{n+1}-x_n=\gamma_{n+1}(F(x_n)+U_{n+1})xn+1​−xn​=γn+1​(F(xn​)+Un+1​), with step sizes γn→0\gamma_n\to0γn​→0 and noise UnU_nUn​. Such recursions underlie stochastic gradient descent, adaptive control, reinforcement learning (Q-learning, temporal-difference methods) and learning in games (fictitious play, reinforcement models). The ODE method compares the long-run behaviour of the algorithm with that of the ordinary differential equation x˙=F(x)\dot x=F(x)x˙=F(x). Classical versions of this comparison (Ljung 1977, Kushner and Clark 1978) assume the ODE has a globally asymptotically stable equilibrium, or a Lyapunov function, and cannot describe algorithms whose ODE has periodic orbits, heteroclinic cycles or chaotic sets.

Benaïm and Hirsch (1996) replaced these special assumptions by a single dynamical statement: the interpolated algorithm is an asymptotic pseudotrajectory of the flow of FFF, and the limit set of every precompact asymptotic pseudotrajectory is internally chain transitive. This mission formalizes that limit set theorem as it is presented in Michel Benaïm's lecture notes Dynamics of Stochastic Approximation Algorithms (Séminaire de Probabilités XXXIII, 1999).

Timeline. Bowen (1975) and Conley (1978) introduced (δ,T)(\delta,T)(δ,T)-pseudo-orbits and chain recurrence, and Conley proved that the chain recurrent set of a flow on a compact space is internally chain recurrent. Benaïm (1996, SIAM J. Control Optim.) related limit sets of stochastic approximation processes to the chain recurrence of the ODE; Benaïm and Hirsch (1996) introduced asymptotic pseudotrajectories for semiflows on metric spaces and proved the limit set theorem in the form formalized here. The 1999 notes give a self-contained proof through the translation semiflow on a space of curves.

Setting

Let (M,d)(M,d)(M,d) be a metric space. A semiflow Φ\PhiΦ on MMM is a continuous map R+×M→M\mathbb R_+\times M\to MR+​×M→M, (t,x)↦Φt(x)(t,x)\mapsto\Phi_t(x)(t,x)↦Φt​(x), with Φ0=Id\Phi_0=\mathrm{Id}Φ0​=Id and Φt+s=Φt∘Φs\Phi_{t+s}=\Phi_t\circ\Phi_sΦt+s​=Φt​∘Φs​. A set AAA is invariant if Φt(A)=A\Phi_t(A)=AΦt​(A)=A for every t≥0t\ge0t≥0; then Φ∣A\Phi|AΦ∣A denotes the restricted semiflow on AAA.

A continuous curve X:R+→MX:\mathbb R_+\to MX:R+​→M is an asymptotic pseudotrajectory of Φ\PhiΦ if

lim⁡t→∞sup⁡0≤h≤Td(X(t+h),Φh(X(t)))=0for every T>0,\lim_{t\to\infty}\sup_{0\le h\le T}d\big(X(t+h),\Phi_h(X(t))\big)=0\quad\text{for every }T>0,t→∞lim​0≤h≤Tsup​d(X(t+h),Φh​(X(t)))=0for every T>0,

and it is precompact if X(R+)X(\mathbb R_+)X(R+​) has compact closure. Its limit set is L(X)=⋂t≥0X([t,∞))‾L(X)=\bigcap_{t\ge0}\overline{X([t,\infty))}L(X)=⋂t≥0​X([t,∞))​.

For δ>0\delta>0δ>0, T>0T>0T>0, a (δ,T)(\delta,T)(δ,T)-pseudo-orbit from aaa to bbb consists of k≥1k\ge1k≥1 partial trajectories, given by points y0,…,yk−1y_0,\dots,y_{k-1}y0​,…,yk−1​ (and an endpoint yky_kyk​) and times t0,…,tk−1≥Tt_0,\dots,t_{k-1}\ge Tt0​,…,tk−1​≥T with d(y0,a)<δd(y_0,a)<\deltad(y0​,a)<δ, d(Φtj(yj),yj+1)<δd(\Phi_{t_j}(y_j),y_{j+1})<\deltad(Φtj​​(yj​),yj+1​)<δ for j<kj<kj<k, and yk=by_k=byk​=b. One writes a↪ba\hookrightarrow ba↪b if such pseudo-orbits exist for all δ,T>0\delta,T>0δ,T>0. A nonempty compact invariant set Λ\LambdaΛ is internally chain transitive if a↪ba\hookrightarrow ba↪b for the restricted semiflow Φ∣Λ\Phi|\LambdaΦ∣Λ for all a,b∈Λa,b\in\Lambdaa,b∈Λ, so that all yiy_iyi​ lie in Λ\LambdaΛ; it is internally chain recurrent if a↪aa\hookrightarrow aa↪a for Φ∣Λ\Phi|\LambdaΦ∣Λ for every a∈Λa\in\Lambdaa∈Λ. An attractor is a nonempty compact invariant set AAA with a neighbourhood WWW such that dist⁡(Φtx,A)→0\operatorname{dist}(\Phi_tx,A)\to0dist(Φt​x,A)→0 uniformly in x∈Wx\in Wx∈W.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5.7 (i)

For every semiflow Φ\PhiΦ on a metric space MMM and every precompact asymptotic pseudotrajectory XXX of Φ\PhiΦ,

L(X) is internally chain transitive.L(X)\ \text{is internally chain transitive.}L(X) is internally chain transitive.

Milestones (in the order of the proof)

  • Lemma 3.1. XXX is an asymptotic pseudotrajectory iff d(Θt(X),Φ^∘Θt(X))→0d(\Theta^t(X),\hat\Phi\circ\Theta^t(X))\to0d(Θt(X),Φ^∘Θt(X))→0, where Θ\ThetaΘ is the translation semiflow on C0(R+,M)C^0(\mathbb R_+,M)C0(R+​,M) and Φ^(Y)=ΦY(0)\hat\Phi(Y)=\Phi^{Y(0)}Φ^(Y)=ΦY(0).
  • Theorem 3.2. For precompact continuous XXX: XXX is an asymptotic pseudotrajectory iff XXX is uniformly continuous and every limit point of Θt(X)\Theta^{t}(X)Θt(X), t→∞t\to\inftyt→∞, is a trajectory of Φ\PhiΦ; and then {Θt(X)}t≥0\{\Theta^t(X)\}_{t\ge0}{Θt(X)}t≥0​ is relatively compact.
  • Lemma 5.2. A nonempty open UUU with compact closure and ΦT(U‾)⊂U\Phi_T(\overline U)\subset UΦT​(U)⊂U for some T>0T>0T>0 contains an attractor whose basin contains U‾\overline UU.
  • Proposition 5.3. For nonempty Λ\LambdaΛ: internally chain transitive   ⟺  \iff⟺ connected and internally chain recurrent   ⟺  \iff⟺ compact, invariant and Φ∣Λ\Phi|\LambdaΦ∣Λ has no proper attractor.
  • Theorem 5.5. On a nonempty compact MMM, the chain recurrent set R(Φ)R(\Phi)R(Φ) is internally chain recurrent.
  • Corollary 5.6. If γ+(x)‾\overline{\gamma^+(x)}γ+(x)​ is compact, then ω(x)\omega(x)ω(x) is internally chain transitive.

Significance

The result. Theorem 5.7 (i) is the bridge between probability and dynamics in the ODE method. Once a stochastic approximation process is shown to be an asymptotic pseudotrajectory (missions 2 to 4 of this series do that under martingale-noise conditions), every statement about its limit points becomes a statement about internally chain transitive sets of the ODE: convergence to equilibria when a Lyapunov function exists (Proposition 6.4), convergence to attractors with positive probability (Theorem 7.3), and the analysis of learning dynamics in games. The theorem is sharp in the sense that every internally chain transitive set is a limit set of some asymptotic pseudotrajectory (Theorem 5.7 (ii), proved in Benaïm and Hirsch 1996 and not part of this mission).

Formalizing it. The result is proved in the literature; it is not formalized. Mathlib has semiflows (Flow), omega limit sets and the compact-open topology, but no pseudo-orbits, chain recurrence, Conley's theory of attractors, or asymptotic pseudotrajectories. This mission produces that layer for semiflows on general metric spaces, which is reusable for any later formalization of the ODE method, of Conley theory, or of learning in games.

Difficulty

The obvious approach follows XXX from a point a∈L(X)a\in L(X)a∈L(X) to a point b∈L(X)b\in L(X)b∈L(X): XXX returns near aaa and near bbb infinitely often, and on windows of length TTT it is close to a trajectory, so concatenating windows gives a pseudo-orbit. The pseudo-orbit obtained this way has its points on the curve XXX, not in L(X)L(X)L(X); this only shows that L(X)L(X)L(X) is chain transitive for Φ\PhiΦ on MMM, a strictly weaker property. Producing pseudo-orbits whose points lie in L(X)L(X)L(X) itself is the central difficulty, and it is where precompactness of XXX is used. Invariance Φt(L(X))=L(X)\Phi_t(L(X))=L(X)Φt​(L(X))=L(X), with equality, also needs a compactness argument, since a semiflow is not invertible.

Formalization scope

A semiflow is Mathlib's Flow ℝ≥0 M on a [MetricSpace M]; MMM is arbitrary, with no compactness, completeness or local compactness. Time is ℝ≥0. Curves are functions ℝ≥0 → M; continuity is part of being an asymptotic pseudotrajectory, and precompactness is IsCompact (closure (Set.range X)). Invariance is equality Φt(A)=A\Phi_t(A)=AΦt​(A)=A. Internally chain recurrent and internally chain transitive sets are nonempty by definition, and their pseudo-orbits are those of the restricted semiflow on the subtype Λ\LambdaΛ, so every point of the pseudo-orbit lies in Λ\LambdaΛ. Attractors converge uniformly on a neighbourhood. Lemma 3.1 and Theorem 3.2 are stated on C0(R+,M)C^0(\mathbb R_+,M)C0(R+​,M) (C(ℝ≥0, M), compact-open topology) with the half-line distance; the notes write C0(R,M)C^0(\mathbb R,M)C0(R,M), but with the convention Φp(t)=p\Phi^p(t)=pΦp(t)=p for t<0t<0t<0 that version fails for semiflows (a periodic trajectory is a counterexample), and the notes themselves describe asymptotic pseudotrajectories as points of C0(R+,M)C^0(\mathbb R_+,M)C0(R+​,M).

Ruled out: pseudo-orbits with no trajectory piece (k=0k=0k=0), pseudo-orbits allowed to leave L(X)L(X)L(X), invariance as mere inclusion Φt(A)⊂A\Phi_t(A)\subset AΦt​(A)⊂A, and any compactness assumption on MMM. Each of these makes the goal weaker than the theorem of the notes.

A complete development needs: elementary properties of pseudo-orbits (concatenation, continuity estimates), Arzelà–Ascoli on C(ℝ≥0, M), Conley's attractor construction, and the conjugacy between Φ\PhiΦ and the translation semiflow on SΦS_\PhiSΦ​. Proofs of the milestones, alternative direct proofs of the goal (Benaïm 1996), and reusable lemmas about chain recurrence for Flow are all welcome.

Selected references

  • M. Benaïm, Dynamics of stochastic approximation algorithms, Séminaire de Probabilités XXXIII, Lecture Notes in Math. 1709, Springer, 1999, pp. 1–68. https://doi.org/10.1007/BFb0096509
  • M. Benaïm and M. W. Hirsch, Asymptotic pseudotrajectories and chain recurrent flows, with applications, J. Dynam. Differential Equations 8 (1996), 141–176. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02218617
  • M. Benaïm, A dynamical system approach to stochastic approximations, SIAM J. Control Optim. 34 (1996), 437–472. https://doi.org/10.1137/S0363012993253534
  • C. Conley, Isolated Invariant Sets and the Morse Index, CBMS Regional Conference Series in Mathematics 38, AMS, 1978. https://doi.org/10.1090/cbms/038
12 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamical SystemsOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Dynamics of Stochastic Approximation Algorithms 2: Under A1 and A2 the Interpolated Process Is an Asymptotic Pseudotrajectory of the Flow of FResearch Paper

Motivation

A stochastic approximation algorithm is a recursion

xn+1−xn=γn+1(F(xn)+Un+1)x_{n+1}-x_n=\gamma_{n+1}\big(F(x_n)+U_{n+1}\big)xn+1​−xn​=γn+1​(F(xn​)+Un+1​)

in Rd\mathbb R^dRd, driven by a vector field FFF, decreasing step sizes γn\gamma_nγn​ and perturbations UnU_nUn​. Robbins–Monro root finding, stochastic gradient descent, adaptive filters, learning dynamics in games (fictitious play, reinforcement learning) and urn models all have this form. The ODE method, introduced by Ljung (1977) and developed by Kushner and Clark (1978), Métivier and Priouret (1987) and Kushner and Yin (1997), studies such a recursion by comparing it with the differential equation x˙=F(x)\dot x=F(x)x˙=F(x).

Benaïm and Hirsch (1996) gave the comparison a dynamical form: the continuous-time interpolation of {xn}\{x_n\}{xn​} is an asymptotic pseudotrajectory of the flow of FFF. Proposition 4.1 of Benaïm's lecture notes (Séminaire de Probabilités XXXIII, 1999) states that deterministic comparison theorem under two assumptions: a noise condition (A1) and either bounded iterates (A2) or a Lipschitz, bounded vector field near the iterates (A2′). The notes then verify A1 almost surely for martingale noise (Propositions 4.2 and 4.4) and use the asymptotic pseudotrajectory property to describe limit sets, attractors and nonconvergence.

Setting

Let F:Rd→RdF:\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb R^dF:Rd→Rd be continuous. It is globally integrable if through every point there is exactly one integral curve y:R→Rdy:\mathbb R\to\mathbb R^dy:R→Rd, y˙=F(y)\dot y=F(y)y˙​=F(y); the flow Φt(p)\Phi_t(p)Φt​(p) is the value at time ttt of the integral curve through ppp.

The step sizes satisfy γn≥0\gamma_n\ge0γn​≥0, ∑nγn=∞\sum_n\gamma_n=\infty∑n​γn​=∞ and γn→0\gamma_n\to0γn​→0. Set τ0=0\tau_0=0τ0​=0, τn=∑i=1nγi\tau_n=\sum_{i=1}^n\gamma_iτn​=∑i=1n​γi​, and m(t)=sup⁡{k≥0:τk≤t}m(t)=\sup\{k\ge0:\tau_k\le t\}m(t)=sup{k≥0:τk​≤t}. The affine interpolated process X:R+→RdX:\mathbb R_+\to\mathbb R^dX:R+​→Rd and the piecewise constant processes X‾,U‾,γˉ\overline X,\overline U,\bar\gammaX,U,γˉ​ are, for 0≤s<γn+10\le s<\gamma_{n+1}0≤s<γn+1​,

X(τn+s)=xn+s xn+1−xnγn+1,X‾(τn+s)=xn,U‾(τn+s)=Un+1,γˉ(τn+s)=γn+1.X(\tau_n+s)=x_n+s\,\frac{x_{n+1}-x_n}{\gamma_{n+1}},\qquad \overline X(\tau_n+s)=x_n,\quad \overline U(\tau_n+s)=U_{n+1},\quad \bar\gamma(\tau_n+s)=\gamma_{n+1}.X(τn​+s)=xn​+sγn+1​xn+1​−xn​​,X(τn​+s)=xn​,U(τn​+s)=Un+1​,γˉ​(τn​+s)=γn+1​.

The noise enters through

Δ(t,T)=sup⁡0≤h≤T∥∫tt+hU‾(s) ds∥.\Delta(t,T)=\sup_{0\le h\le T}\Big\|\int_t^{t+h}\overline U(s)\,ds\Big\| .Δ(t,T)=0≤h≤Tsup​​∫tt+h​U(s)ds​.
  • A1: for every T>0T>0T>0, sup⁡{∥∑i=nk−1γi+1Ui+1∥:n<k≤m(τn+T)}→0\sup\{\|\sum_{i=n}^{k-1}\gamma_{i+1}U_{i+1}\|:n<k\le m(\tau_n+T)\}\to0sup{∥∑i=nk−1​γi+1​Ui+1​∥:n<k≤m(τn​+T)}→0 as n→∞n\to\inftyn→∞; equivalently Δ(t,T)→0\Delta(t,T)\to0Δ(t,T)→0 as t→∞t\to\inftyt→∞.
  • A2: sup⁡n∥xn∥<∞\sup_n\|x_n\|<\inftysupn​∥xn​∥<∞.
  • A2′: FFF is Lipschitz and bounded on a neighbourhood of {xn}\{x_n\}{xn​}.

A continuous X:R+→RdX:\mathbb R_+\to\mathbb R^dX:R+​→Rd is an asymptotic pseudotrajectory of Φ\PhiΦ if for every T>0T>0T>0

lim⁡t→∞sup⁡0≤h≤T∥X(t+h)−Φh(X(t))∥=0.\lim_{t\to\infty}\sup_{0\le h\le T}\big\|X(t+h)-\Phi_h(X(t))\big\|=0 .t→∞lim​0≤h≤Tsup​​X(t+h)−Φh​(X(t))​=0.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 4.1

F continuous, globally integrable,A1,A2 or A2′⟹X is an asymptotic pseudotrajectory of Φ.F\ \text{continuous, globally integrable},\quad \text{A1},\quad \text{A2 or A2}'\quad\Longrightarrow\quad X\ \text{is an asymptotic pseudotrajectory of}\ \Phi .F continuous, globally integrable,A1,A2 or A2′⟹X is an asymptotic pseudotrajectory of Φ.

No rate and no constant appear; the statement holds under either alternative.

Milestones

  1. Eq. (9): X(t)−X(0)=∫0t[F(X‾(s))+U‾(s)] dsX(t)-X(0)=\int_0^t[F(\overline X(s))+\overline U(s)]\,dsX(t)−X(0)=∫0t​[F(X(s))+U(s)]ds.
  2. A1: the discrete and the continuous forms of A1 are equivalent, for each T>0T>0T>0.
  3. Theorem 3.2: for a flow on a metric space and a continuous XXX with relatively compact image, XXX is an asymptotic pseudotrajectory iff XXX is uniformly continuous and every limit point of the translates Θt(X)\Theta^t(X)Θt(X) in C0(R,M)C^0(\mathbb R,M)C0(R,M) is a trajectory of the flow; both imply that {Θt(X)}\{\Theta^t(X)\}{Θt(X)} is relatively compact.
  4. Comparison of XXX and X‾\overline XX (p. 13): if ∥F(xn)∥≤K\|F(x_n)\|\le K∥F(xn​)∥≤K, then for ttt large, sup⁡t≤u≤t+T∥X(u)−X‾(u)∥≤2Δ(t−1,T+1)+sup⁡t≤u≤t+TKγˉ(u)\sup_{t\le u\le t+T}\|X(u)-\overline X(u)\|\le2\Delta(t-1,T+1)+\sup_{t\le u\le t+T}K\bar\gamma(u)supt≤u≤t+T​∥X(u)−X(u)∥≤2Δ(t−1,T+1)+supt≤u≤t+T​Kγˉ​(u).
  5. Estimate (11): under A1 and A2′, for ttt large,
sup⁡0≤h≤T∥X(t+h)−Φh(X(t))∥≤C(T)[Δ(t−1,T+1)+sup⁡t≤s≤t+Tγˉ(s)],\sup_{0\le h\le T}\|X(t+h)-\Phi_h(X(t))\|\le C(T)\Big[\Delta(t-1,T+1)+\sup_{t\le s\le t+T}\bar\gamma(s)\Big],0≤h≤Tsup​∥X(t+h)−Φh​(X(t))∥≤C(T)[Δ(t−1,T+1)+t≤s≤t+Tsup​γˉ​(s)],

with C(T)C(T)C(T) depending only on TTT and on FFF (through its Lipschitz constant and bound on the neighbourhood).

Significance

Proposition 4.1 separates the dynamics of a stochastic approximation algorithm from its noise. Any noise condition implying A1 almost surely (Propositions 4.2 and 4.4 of the notes for LqL^qLq-bounded and subgaussian martingale differences) combines with it to give: almost every sample path, after interpolation, is an asymptotic pseudotrajectory of x˙=F(x)\dot x=F(x)x˙=F(x). The limit set theorem (Theorem 5.7: limit sets are internally chain transitive), the Lyapunov-function criterion (Proposition 6.4) and the attractor results (Section 7) then apply path by path. Estimate (11) gives the quantitative version used for rates.

The result is proved in the notes, building on Benaïm and Hirsch (1996). No machine-checked proof of it, or of the asymptotic pseudotrajectory framework, is known to exist. A formal proof would supply a checked bridge between discrete recursions with step sizes and flows of vector fields, which every ODE-method convergence proof crosses.

Difficulty

The obvious argument compares XXX directly with the flow by Gronwall's inequality. It needs FFF Lipschitz along both the interpolated path and the flow line, which holds under A2′ but not under A2, where FFF is only continuous and solutions are unique without any Lipschitz bound. Under A2 the comparison must go through compactness instead: equicontinuity of the translates, identification of every limit point as an integral curve, and uniqueness of integral curves. The last step is where global integrability is used, and it cannot be replaced by a quantitative estimate.

Under A2′ the iterates may be unbounded, so no compactness is available, and the path and the flow line must be kept inside the region where FFF is controlled for the whole window [t,t+T][t,t+T][t,t+T].

Formalization scope

  • Space Rd\mathbb R^dRd is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d); time is ℝ≥0 for the pseudotrajectory and ℝ inside integrals. Sequences are ℕ → · with the paper's indices; γ0\gamma_0γ0​ and U0U_0U0​ are unused.
  • m(t)m(t)m(t) is the largest kkk with τk≤t\tau_k\le tτk​≤t, so the divisor γm(t)+1\gamma_{m(t)+1}γm(t)+1​ is positive even when some steps vanish.
  • Limits are written with ε\varepsilonε; the suprema that remain (Δ\DeltaΔ, sup⁡γˉ\sup\bar\gammasupγˉ​) are over bounded nonempty sets, and U‾\overline UU is a step function with finitely many pieces on bounded intervals, so no integral or supremum takes a default value.
  • The flow of FFF is a function satisfying the integral-curve property, together with global integrability (existence and uniqueness of integral curves on R\mathbb RR); continuity of the flow is not assumed.
  • A2′ is read with a uniform neighbourhood: FFF is Lipschitz and bounded on {y:dist⁡(y,{xn})<r}\{y:\operatorname{dist}(y,\{x_n\})<r\}{y:dist(y,{xn​})<r} for some r>0r>0r>0. Under the reading "some open set containing {xn}\{x_n\}{xn​}" the proposition fails for unbounded iterates.
  • Theorem 3.2 is stated for flows on C0(R,M)C^0(\mathbb R,M)C0(R,M) (compact-open topology); for semiflows with the convention Φp(t)=p\Phi^p(t)=pΦp(t)=p for t<0t<0t<0, the implication (i)⇒(ii) is false as printed.

Trivializing formalizations are ruled out: the goal keeps both alternatives A2 and A2′ (neither a global Lipschitz condition nor bounded iterates is assumed in place of the disjunction), XXX is the explicit piecewise affine interpolation rather than any curve with the desired property, and the constant in (11) is fixed before the sequences, so it cannot depend on the run.

A complete development needs Gronwall's inequality (in Mathlib), Arzelà–Ascoli on C0(R,M)C^0(\mathbb R,M)C0(R,M), continuous dependence of solutions on initial data under uniqueness (Kamke's theorem, not in Mathlib), and interval integrals of step functions. The asymptotic pseudotrajectory definitions and Theorem 3.2 are reusable for the other missions on these notes. Proofs of individual milestones are welcome; Eq. (9) and the comparison of XXX and X‾\overline XX are the natural entry points.

Selected references

  • M. Benaïm, Dynamics of stochastic approximation algorithms, Séminaire de Probabilités XXXIII, Lecture Notes in Math. 1709, Springer, 1999, pp. 1–68. https://doi.org/10.1007/BFb0096509
  • M. Benaïm and M. W. Hirsch, Asymptotic pseudotrajectories and chain recurrent flows, with applications, J. Dynam. Differential Equations 8 (1996), 141–176. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02218617
  • M. Métivier and P. Priouret, Théorèmes de convergence presque sûre pour une classe d'algorithmes stochastiques à pas décroissant, Probab. Theory Related Fields 74 (1987), 403–428. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF00699098
  • H. J. Kushner and G. G. Yin, Stochastic Approximation Algorithms and Applications, Springer, 1997. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4899-2696-8
  • L. Ljung, Analysis of recursive stochastic algorithms, IEEE Trans. Automat. Control 22 (1977), 551–575. https://doi.org/10.1109/TAC.1977.1101561
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Control TheoryMathematical PhysicsOptimization+2·Captain: mikedeng1

Optimization of Mean-field Spin Glasses III: The Lagrangian Value of the Stochastic Control Problem Equals the Parisi FunctionalResearch Paper

Motivation

The ground-state energy of a mixed ppp-spin spin glass, OPTN=max⁡σ∈{±1}NHN(σ)/N\mathsf{OPT}_N=\max_{\sigma\in\{\pm1\}^N}H_N(\sigma)/NOPTN​=maxσ∈{±1}N​HN​(σ)/N, converges almost surely to the infimum of the Parisi functional over non-decreasing order parameters (Auffinger–Chen 2017). El Alaoui, Montanari and Sellke (arXiv:2001.00904v1) study algorithms that find near-optimal configurations. They introduce incremental approximate message passing (IAMP) and show that, among a broad class of such algorithms, the best achievable energy is the infimum of the Parisi functional over a larger space of order parameters (their Theorem 4).

The upper bound in Theorem 4 is reduced, in Section 4 of the paper, to a stochastic optimal control problem. The energy reached by a message-passing algorithm becomes the objective of a control problem driven by a Brownian motion, with a terminal constraint and a variance constraint. The variance constraint is removed by a Lagrange multiplier 12ξ′′γ\tfrac12\xi''\gamma21​ξ′′γ. Proposition 4.1 states that the resulting Lagrangian value is exactly the Parisi functional P(γ)\mathsf P(\gamma)P(γ). This mission formalizes that duality and the verification argument behind it (Section 7).

Setting

Mixture. Real coefficients (ck)k≥2(c_k)_{k\ge2}(ck​)k≥2​ define the mixture ξ(t)=∑k≥2ck2tk\xi(t)=\sum_{k\ge2}c_k^2t^kξ(t)=∑k≥2​ck2​tk, with the standing assumption ξ(1+ε)<∞\xi(1+\varepsilon)<\inftyξ(1+ε)<∞ for some ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0. Its derivatives ξ′\xi'ξ′, ξ′′\xi''ξ′′ are nonnegative and nondecreasing on [0,1][0,1][0,1].

Order parameters. SF+\mathsf{SF}_+SF+​ is the set of nonnegative step functions

γ=∑i=1mγi I[ti−1,ti),0=t0<t1<⋯<tm=1, γi≥0.\gamma=\sum_{i=1}^m\gamma_i\,\mathbb I_{[t_{i-1},t_i)},\qquad 0=t_0<t_1<\dots<t_m=1,\ \gamma_i\ge0 .γ=i=1∑m​γi​I[ti−1​,ti​)​,0=t0​<t1​<⋯<tm​=1, γi​≥0.

Put ν(t)=∫t1ξ′′(s)γ(s) ds\nu(t)=\int_t^1\xi''(s)\gamma(s)\,dsν(t)=∫t1​ξ′′(s)γ(s)ds.

Parisi PDE and functional. Φγ:[0,1]×R→R\Phi_\gamma:[0,1]\times\mathbb R\to\mathbb RΦγ​:[0,1]×R→R solves

∂tΦγ+12ξ′′(t)(∂x2Φγ+γ(t)(∂xΦγ)2)=0,Φγ(1,x)=∣x∣.\partial_t\Phi_\gamma+\tfrac12\xi''(t)\big(\partial_x^2\Phi_\gamma+\gamma(t)(\partial_x\Phi_\gamma)^2\big)=0,\qquad\Phi_\gamma(1,x)=|x| .∂t​Φγ​+21​ξ′′(t)(∂x2​Φγ​+γ(t)(∂x​Φγ​)2)=0,Φγ​(1,x)=∣x∣.

For γ∈SF+\gamma\in\mathsf{SF}_+γ∈SF+​ it is given explicitly by the Cole–Hopf recursion: with r(t)=ξ′(1)−ξ′(t)r(t)=\xi'(1)-\xi'(t)r(t)=ξ′(1)−ξ′(t) and G∼N(0,1)G\sim\mathsf N(0,1)G∼N(0,1), for t∈[ti−1,ti)t\in[t_{i-1},t_i)t∈[ti−1​,ti​),

Φγ(t,x)=1γilog⁡Eexp⁡{γiΦγ(ti,x+r(t)−r(ti) G)}.\Phi_\gamma(t,x)=\frac1{\gamma_i}\log\mathbb E\exp\big\{\gamma_i\Phi_\gamma(t_i,x+\sqrt{r(t)-r(t_i)}\,G)\big\}.Φγ​(t,x)=γi​1​logEexp{γi​Φγ​(ti​,x+r(t)−r(ti​)​G)}.

The Parisi functional is P(γ)=Φγ(0,0)−12∫01t ξ′′(t)γ(t) dt\mathsf P(\gamma)=\Phi_\gamma(0,0)-\tfrac12\int_0^1t\,\xi''(t)\gamma(t)\,dtP(γ)=Φγ​(0,0)−21​∫01​tξ′′(t)γ(t)dt.

Control problem. Let BBB be a standard Brownian motion. A control u∈D[t,1]u\in D[t,1]u∈D[t,1] is a process on [t,1][t,1][t,1], progressively measurable for the filtration of (Br)r∈[t,1](B_r)_{r\in[t,1]}(Br​)r∈[t,1]​, with E∫t1ξ′′(s)us2 ds<∞\mathbb E\int_t^1\xi''(s)u_s^2\,ds<\inftyE∫t1​ξ′′(s)us2​ds<∞. The value is

Jγ(t,z)=sup⁡u∈D[t,1]E[∫t1ξ′′(s)us ds+12∫t1ν(s)(ξ′′(s)us2−1)ds]s.t.z+∫t1ξ′′(s) us dBs∈(−1,1) a.s.\mathcal J_\gamma(t,z)=\sup_{u\in D[t,1]}\mathbb E\Big[\int_t^1\xi''(s)u_s\,ds+\frac12\int_t^1\nu(s)\big(\xi''(s)u_s^2-1\big)ds\Big]\quad\text{s.t.}\quad z+\int_t^1\sqrt{\xi''(s)}\,u_s\,dB_s\in(-1,1)\ \text{a.s.}Jγ​(t,z)=u∈D[t,1]sup​E[∫t1​ξ′′(s)us​ds+21​∫t1​ν(s)(ξ′′(s)us2​−1)ds]s.t.z+∫t1​ξ′′(s)​us​dBs​∈(−1,1) a.s.

Candidate value function. With Φγ∗(t,z)=inf⁡x{Φγ(t,x)−xz}\Phi^*_\gamma(t,z)=\inf_x\{\Phi_\gamma(t,x)-xz\}Φγ∗​(t,z)=infx​{Φγ​(t,x)−xz},

V(t,z)=Φγ∗(t,z)−12ν(t)z2−12∫t1ν(s) ds.V(t,z)=\Phi^*_\gamma(t,z)-\tfrac12\nu(t)z^2-\tfrac12\int_t^1\nu(s)\,ds .V(t,z)=Φγ∗​(t,z)−21​ν(t)z2−21​∫t1​ν(s)ds.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 4.1

Jγ(0,0)=P(γ)for every γ∈SF+.\mathcal J_\gamma(0,0)=\mathsf P(\gamma)\qquad\text{for every }\gamma\in\mathsf{SF}_+ .Jγ​(0,0)=P(γ)for every γ∈SF+​.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 7.2 (a)–(e): Φγ(t,⋅)\Phi_\gamma(t,\cdot)Φγ​(t,⋅) is smooth for t<1t<1t<1, with derivatives jointly continuous on [0,1)×R[0,1)\times\mathbb R[0,1)×R and C1C^1C1 in time where γ\gammaγ is constant. The range of ∂xΦγ(t,⋅)\partial_x\Phi_\gamma(t,\cdot)∂x​Φγ​(t,⋅) is (−1,1)(-1,1)(−1,1), it is strictly increasing, and 0<∂x2Φγ(t′,x)≤C(t,γ)0<\partial_x^2\Phi_\gamma(t',x)\le C(t,\gamma)0<∂x2​Φγ​(t′,x)≤C(t,γ) for t′≤tt'\le tt′≤t.
  2. Envelope identities (proof of Lemma 7.3): ∂zΦγ∗(t,z)=−xt∗(z)\partial_z\Phi^*_\gamma(t,z)=-x^*_t(z)∂z​Φγ∗​(t,z)=−xt∗​(z) and ∂z2Φγ∗(t,z)=−1/∂x2Φγ(t,xt∗(z))\partial_z^2\Phi^*_\gamma(t,z)=-1/\partial_x^2\Phi_\gamma(t,x^*_t(z))∂z2​Φγ∗​(t,z)=−1/∂x2​Φγ​(t,xt∗​(z)), where xt∗(z)x^*_t(z)xt∗​(z) is the unique root of ∂xΦγ(t,x)=z\partial_x\Phi_\gamma(t,x)=z∂x​Φγ​(t,x)=z.
  3. Lemma 7.3: VVV solves the HJB equation
∂tV+ξ′′(t)sup⁡λ∈R{λ+λ22(ν(t)+∂z2V)}−12ν(t)=0,V(1,z)=0.\partial_tV+\xi''(t)\sup_{\lambda\in\mathbb R}\Big\{\lambda+\frac{\lambda^2}{2}\big(\nu(t)+\partial_z^2V\big)\Big\}-\frac12\nu(t)=0,\qquad V(1,z)=0 .∂t​V+ξ′′(t)λ∈Rsup​{λ+2λ2​(ν(t)+∂z2​V)}−21​ν(t)=0,V(1,z)=0.
  1. Evaluation at the origin: V(0,0)=P(γ)V(0,0)=\mathsf P(\gamma)V(0,0)=P(γ).
  2. Proposition 7.1: Jγ(t,z)=V(t,z)\mathcal J_\gamma(t,z)=V(t,z)Jγ​(t,z)=V(t,z) for all (t,z)∈[0,1]×(−1,1)(t,z)\in[0,1]\times(-1,1)(t,z)∈[0,1]×(−1,1).

Proposition 7.1 at (0,0)(0,0)(0,0) together with milestone 4 gives the goal.

Significance

The result. By integration by parts (Eq. (4.4) of the paper), Jγ(0,0)\mathcal J_\gamma(0,0)Jγ​(0,0) bounds the value of the constrained control problem (4.2). That problem in turn bounds the asymptotic energy of every message-passing algorithm in the class of Theorem 4. Proposition 4.1 turns the bound into inf⁡γ∈SF+P(γ)\inf_{\gamma\in\mathsf{SF}_+}\mathsf P(\gamma)infγ∈SF+​​P(γ), which is the analytic core of the optimality statement for IAMP. It is also an instance of a broader principle: the Parisi functional has a stochastic-control representation (Jagannath–Tobasco 2016).

Formalizing it. The result is proved in the paper; no machine-checked version exists. A complete formalization needs a verification theorem for a control problem with a state constraint (M1∈(−1,1)M_1\in(-1,1)M1​∈(−1,1)), Itô's formula for a C1,2C^{1,2}C1,2 function that is only piecewise C1C^1C1 in time, and quantitative regularity of the Cole–Hopf solution. Each of these is reusable well beyond spin glasses.

Difficulty

The value function Jγ\mathcal J_\gammaJγ​ is not known to be smooth, and the dynamic-programming equation (4.6) is only heuristic. The proof therefore guesses a solution and verifies it. Two steps carry the difficulty.

First, the guess VVV is a Legendre transform. Its regularity, and the sign ν+∂z2V<0\nu+\partial_z^2V<0ν+∂z2​V<0 that makes the HJB supremum finite, rest on strict convexity and bounded curvature of Φγ(t,⋅)\Phi_\gamma(t,\cdot)Φγ​(t,⋅) (Lemma 7.2). These must be proved by induction through the Cole–Hopf recursion, including the steps with γi=0\gamma_i=0γi​=0.

Second, the verification argument applies Itô's formula to V(s,Msu)V(s,M^u_s)V(s,Msu​), where MuM^uMu is a martingale confined to (−1,1)(-1,1)(−1,1) and VVV is only C1C^1C1 in time between the jumps of γ\gammaγ. The boundary θ→1\theta\to1θ→1 needs a dominated-convergence argument, and attaining the supremum needs an explicit optimal feedback control built from an SDE.

Formalization scope

  • Mixture. ξ\xiξ is a coefficient sequence c:N→Rc:\mathbb N\to\mathbb Rc:N→R with c0=c1=0c_0=c_1=0c0​=c1​=0 imposed. ξ′\xi'ξ′ and ξ′′\xi''ξ′′ are explicit termwise series.
  • Step functions. SF+\mathsf{SF}_+SF+​ is represented by its data (breakpoints and values). γ\gammaγ is extended by 000 outside [0,1)[0,1)[0,1); its value at t=1t=1t=1 never matters.
  • Cole–Hopf. Φγ\Phi_\gammaΦγ​ is defined by the recursion. When γi=0\gamma_i=0γi​=0, the recursion uses its limit, the heat semigroup, instead of dividing by zero. Expectations over GGG are integrals against gaussianReal 0 1.
  • Derivatives. Space derivatives are deriv/iteratedDeriv. Time derivatives are right derivatives, because γ\gammaγ jumps.
  • Legendre transform. Φγ∗\Phi^*_\gammaΦγ∗​ is a real infimum, used only for ∣z∣<1|z|<1∣z∣<1, where it is bounded below.
  • Brownian motion and filtration. BBB is a Mathlib IsBrownianReal process on R≥0\mathbb R_{\ge0}R≥0​, with each BrB_rBr​ measurable. The filtration is Fst=σ(Br:t≤r≤s)\mathcal F^t_s=\sigma(B_r:t\le r\le s)Fst​=σ(Br​:t≤r≤s).
  • Stochastic integral. It is the L2L^2L2 Itô integral of the published definition Peng1990.SMP.IsItoIntegral (horizon 111), whose integrability class is exactly E∫ξ′′u2<∞\mathbb E\int\xi''u^2<\inftyE∫ξ′′u2<∞.
  • Supremum. Jγ(t,z)=v\mathcal J_\gamma(t,z)=vJγ​(t,z)=v is stated as "vvv is the least upper bound of the objective values of admissible controls" (IsLUB), never as a real sSup. A default value of an empty or unbounded supremum therefore cannot make a statement trivially true.
  • Disclosed hypothesis. Lemma 7.2, the envelope identities and Lemma 7.3 assume that ξ\xiξ is not identically zero (some ck≠0c_k\neq0ck​=0). For ξ≡0\xi\equiv0ξ≡0 one has Φγ(t,x)=∣x∣\Phi_\gamma(t,x)=|x|Φγ​(t,x)=∣x∣ for all ttt, and these statements fail. Proposition 7.1, the evaluation at the origin and the goal need no such hypothesis.
  • Lemma 7.3. The statement includes the inequality ν+∂z2V<0\nu+\partial_z^2V<0ν+∂z2​V<0, which the page proves. This rules out reading the HJB supremum as a default value.

The paper's algorithmic results (Theorems 2–4, Corollary 2.2) are out of scope. They need the AMP and state-evolution machinery of Section 5 and Appendix A, and an informal model of computation. The optional bound (4.4) is not stated.

Welcome contributions include the regularity of Cole–Hopf solutions (Gaussian convolution, log-moment-generating functions), a general verification theorem for one-dimensional controlled martingales with a terminal state constraint, and Itô's formula for C1,2C^{1,2}C1,2 functions.

Selected references

  • A. El Alaoui, A. Montanari, M. Sellke, Optimization of Mean-field Spin Glasses, arXiv:2001.00904v1, 2020. https://arxiv.org/abs/2001.00904
  • A. Auffinger, W.-K. Chen, Parisi formula for the ground state energy in the mixed p-spin model, Ann. Probab. 45(6b), 2017. https://arxiv.org/abs/1606.05335
  • A. Jagannath, I. Tobasco, A dynamic programming approach to the Parisi functional, Proc. AMS 144, 2016. https://arxiv.org/abs/1502.04398
  • N. Touzi, Optimal Stochastic Control, Stochastic Target Problems, and Backward SDE, Fields Institute Monographs 29, Springer, 2012 (cited as [Tou12] in the paper; the verification argument of Section 7 follows its Theorem 4.1).
14 thms1 active userReviewed
Probability·Captain: mikedeng1

Convergence in law of the minimum of a branching random walk: The Minimum Centred at (3/2) ln n Converges to a Gumbel Law Shifted by the Derivative MartingaleResearch Paper

Motivation

A branching random walk is the simplest model of a population that both reproduces and moves: every particle dies and leaves a random cloud of children displaced relative to it. Its extreme particles control the speed of travelling waves in reaction–diffusion equations (the KPP/Fisher equation), the free energy of directed polymers on trees, the cover and hitting times of random walks on trees, and the maxima of log-correlated fields such as the two-dimensional Gaussian free field. The basic quantity is the position of the leftmost particle at time nnn.

Timeline.

  • 1974–1976: Hammersley, Kingman and Biggins prove the law of large numbers Mn/n→γM_n/n\to\gammaMn​/n→γ for the minimum.
  • 1978–1983: Bramson shows that for branching Brownian motion the maximum, centred at 2 t−322ln⁡t\sqrt2\,t-\frac{3}{2\sqrt2}\ln t2​t−22​3​lnt, converges in law (Bramson 1983). Lalley and Sellke (1987, Ann. Probab. 15) identify the limit as a Gumbel law randomly shifted by the limit of the derivative martingale.
  • 2004: Biggins and Kyprianou prove that the derivative martingale of a branching random walk converges to a limit that is non-trivial in the boundary case (Adv. Appl. Probab. 36).
  • 2009: Hu and Shi (arXiv:math/0702799) and Addario-Berry and Reed (Ann. Probab. 37) find the logarithmic correction: Mn−32ln⁡nM_n-\frac32\ln nMn​−23​lnn is tight. Bramson and Zeitouni (2009) obtain tightness around the median under tail assumptions.
  • 2013: Aïdékon proves convergence in law of Mn−32ln⁡nM_n-\frac32\ln nMn​−23​lnn for general non-lattice branching random walks, the result this mission formalizes (arXiv:1101.1810, Ann. Probab. 41 (2013)).

Setting

Let L\mathcal LL be a point process on R\mathbb RR: a random, possibly infinite, collection of points. Start one particle at 000. At time 111 it dies and leaves children at the points of L\mathcal LL; each particle of generation nnn then dies and leaves children at the points of an independent copy of L\mathcal LL, translated to its own position. Vertices of the genealogical tree T\mathbb TT (a Galton–Watson tree) are labelled by finite words u=(i0,…,ik−1)u=(i_0,\dots,i_{k-1})u=(i0​,…,ik−1​); ∣u∣=k|u|=k∣u∣=k is the generation, uju_juj​ the ancestor at generation jjj, and V(u)V(u)V(u) the position.

The paper works in the boundary case

E[∑∣x∣=11]>1,E[∑∣x∣=1e−V(x)]=1,E[∑∣x∣=1V(x)e−V(x)]=0,(1.1)\mathbf E\Big[\sum_{|x|=1}1\Big]>1,\qquad \mathbf E\Big[\sum_{|x|=1}e^{-V(x)}\Big]=1,\qquad \mathbf E\Big[\sum_{|x|=1}V(x)e^{-V(x)}\Big]=0,\tag{1.1}E[∣x∣=1∑​1]>1,E[∣x∣=1∑​e−V(x)]=1,E[∣x∣=1∑​V(x)e−V(x)]=0,(1.1)

and assumes throughout that L\mathcal LL is non-lattice and that

E[∑∣x∣=1V(x)2e−V(x)]<∞,E[X(ln⁡+X)2]<∞,E[X~ln⁡+X~]<∞,(1.3–1.4)\mathbf E\Big[\sum_{|x|=1}V(x)^2e^{-V(x)}\Big]<\infty,\qquad \mathbf E\big[X(\ln_+X)^2\big]<\infty,\qquad \mathbf E\big[\tilde X\ln_+\tilde X\big]<\infty,\tag{1.3–1.4}E[∣x∣=1∑​V(x)2e−V(x)]<∞,E[X(ln+​X)2]<∞,E[X~ln+​X~]<∞,(1.3–1.4)

with X=∑∣x∣=1e−V(x)X=\sum_{|x|=1}e^{-V(x)}X=∑∣x∣=1​e−V(x) and X~=∑∣x∣=1V(x)+e−V(x)\tilde X=\sum_{|x|=1}V(x)_+e^{-V(x)}X~=∑∣x∣=1​V(x)+​e−V(x). The objects of the main theorem are the minimum Mn=min⁡{V(x):∣x∣=n}M_n=\min\{V(x):|x|=n\}Mn​=min{V(x):∣x∣=n} (with min⁡∅=+∞\min\varnothing=+\inftymin∅=+∞) and the derivative martingale

Dn=∑∣x∣=nV(x)e−V(x),D_n=\sum_{|x|=n}V(x)e^{-V(x)},Dn​=∣x∣=n∑​V(x)e−V(x),

which converges almost surely to a limit D∞≥0D_\infty\ge0D∞​≥0, strictly positive on non-extinction. A standard example: two children with i.i.d. normal displacements of mean and variance 2ln⁡22\ln22ln2.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1.1

There is a constant C∗∈(0,∞)C^*\in(0,\infty)C∗∈(0,∞) such that for every real xxx,

lim⁡n→∞P(Mn≥32ln⁡n+x)=E[e−C∗exD∞].\lim_{n\to\infty}\mathbf P\Big(M_n\ge\tfrac32\ln n+x\Big)=\mathbf E\Big[e^{-C^*e^xD_\infty}\Big].n→∞lim​P(Mn​≥23​lnn+x)=E[e−C∗exD∞​].

The constant is not specified numerically. It is the product C1c0C_1c_0C1​c0​ of the constants below.

Milestones, in the order the proof uses them

  1. Many-to-one lemma (2.1): Ea[∑∣x∣=ng(V(x1),…,V(xn))]=Ea[eSn−ag(S1,…,Sn)]\mathbf E_a[\sum_{|x|=n}g(V(x_1),\dots,V(x_n))]=\mathbf E_a[e^{S_n-a}g(S_1,\dots,S_n)]Ea​[∑∣x∣=n​g(V(x1​),…,V(xn​))]=Ea​[eSn​−ag(S1​,…,Sn​)] for a centred random walk SSS.
  2. Renewal function (2.13): the renewal function RRR of the strict descending ladder heights of SSS satisfies R(x)/x→c0>0R(x)/x\to c_0>0R(x)/x→c0​>0.
  3. Corollary 3.2 and Proposition 1.2: for the walk killed below 000, ez P(Mnkill<32ln⁡n−z)→C1e^z\,\mathbf P(M_n^{\rm kill}<\frac32\ln n-z)\to C_1ezP(Mnkill​<23​lnn−z)→C1​, uniformly for z∈[A,32ln⁡n−A]z\in[A,\frac32\ln n-A]z∈[A,23​lnn−A].
  4. Global minimum bound: P(∃u∈T:V(u)≤−y)≤e−y\mathbf P(\exists u\in\mathbb T: V(u)\le-y)\le e^{-y}P(∃u∈T:V(u)≤−y)≤e−y.
  5. Corollary 3.5: P(Mn≤32ln⁡n−y)≤(1+c10(1+y))e−y\mathbf P(M_n\le\frac32\ln n-y)\le(1+c_{10}(1+y))e^{-y}P(Mn​≤23​lnn−y)≤(1+c10​(1+y))e−y.
  6. Proposition 4.1: ezzP(Mn<32ln⁡n−z)→C1c0\frac{e^z}{z}\mathbf P(M_n<\frac32\ln n-z)\to C_1c_0zez​P(Mn​<23​lnn−z)→C1​c0​, uniformly on the same window.
  7. Derivative martingale: Dn→D∞D_n\to D_\inftyDn​→D∞​ a.s., D∞≥0D_\infty\ge0D∞​≥0, D∞>0D_\infty>0D∞​>0 a.s. on non-extinction.
  8. (5.2): ∑u∈Z[A]V(u)e−V(u)→D∞\sum_{u\in\mathcal Z[A]}V(u)e^{-V(u)}\to D_\infty∑u∈Z[A]​V(u)e−V(u)→D∞​ a.s. as A→∞A\to\inftyA→∞, where Z[A]\mathcal Z[A]Z[A] is the set of particles absorbed at level AAA.

Significance

The theorem identifies the limit law of the extreme particle: Mn−32ln⁡nM_n-\frac32\ln nMn​−23​lnn converges in law, on the event of survival, to a Gumbel variable shifted by −ln⁡(C∗D∞)-\ln(C^*D_\infty)−ln(C∗D∞​). It is the input for the study of the whole extremal process of the branching random walk seen from its leftmost particle (Madaule, J. Theoret. Probab., 2017), and it is the discrete-time counterpart of the Bramson and Lalley–Sellke results that later work on log-correlated fields takes as its template. The 32\frac3223​ correction and the role of the derivative martingale are the signature of the boundary case, and of log-correlated extremes generally.

The result is proved and published. It has not been formalized: Mathlib has no branching processes, no Galton–Watson trees with positions, no renewal theory, and no derivative martingale. This mission produces the first machine-checkable statement of the convergence-in-law theorem and of the intermediate results it rests on. A complete development would also give reusable formal versions of the many-to-one lemma and of renewal theory for ladder heights.

Difficulty

The first-moment computation through the many-to-one lemma gives the wrong centring. It predicts that the minimum sits near 12ln⁡n\frac12\ln n21​lnn, because the expected number of particles below a level is dominated by rare realisations. The true centring 32ln⁡n\frac32\ln n23​lnn only appears after restricting to particles whose ancestral path stays above a barrier, and this restriction requires random-walk estimates (ballot theorems and local limit theorems for walks conditioned to stay positive) that hold uniformly in a window of starting points. A second difficulty is that the limit must be identified, not only shown to exist. Tightness and subsequence arguments do not give the factor D∞D_\inftyD∞​; the identification needs the precise tail C1c0 z e−zC_1c_0\,z\,e^{-z}C1​c0​ze−z of Proposition 4.1, with a known constant, and the almost-sure behaviour of the sum over the stopping line Z[A]\mathcal Z[A]Z[A].

Formalization scope

  • Point process. The law LLL of L\mathcal LL is a probability measure on configurations (N,p)∈N∞×(N→R)(N,p)\in\mathbb N_\infty\times(\mathbb N\to\mathbb R)(N,p)∈N∞​×(N→R), where the points are pip_ipi​ for i<Ni<Ni<N.
  • Tree. Labels are List ℕ. The branching random walk is any family (ξu)u(\xi_u)_{u}(ξu​)u​ of independent measurable configurations of law LLL on a probability space. Every theorem holds for every such realisation, and a canonical realisation exists (product space).
  • Assumptions. Every expectation in (1.1), (1.3), (1.4) is a lower Lebesgue integral of a [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]-valued sum. The signed condition in (1.1) is "the expectations of ∑V+e−V\sum V_+e^{-V}∑V+​e−V and ∑V−e−V\sum V_-e^{-V}∑V−​e−V are equal and finite". Non-lattice means: there are no a∈Ra\in\mathbb Ra∈R and d>0d>0d>0 with all points a.s. in a+dZa+d\mathbb Za+dZ.
  • Which assumptions where. The goal and §§3–5 assume all of them. The many-to-one lemma and the global minimum bound assume only (1.1), and the derivative-martingale milestone drops non-lattice, as in Appendix A.
  • Minima and limits. MnM_nMn​ and MnkillM_n^{\rm kill}Mnkill​ are extended reals, +∞+\infty+∞ on an empty generation, so extinction lies in {Mn≥32ln⁡n+x}\{M_n\ge\frac32\ln n+x\}{Mn​≥23​lnn+x}. DnD_nDn​ is a real sum over generation nnn, absolutely summable almost surely, and D∞D_\inftyD∞​ is its pointwise limit. The expectation in the goal is a lower integral of e−C∗exD∞∈(0,1]e^{-C^*e^xD_\infty}\in(0,1]e−C∗exD∞​∈(0,1].
  • Constants. C∗C^*C∗ is chosen before xxx. In Proposition 4.1, C1C_1C1​ and c0c_0c0​ are hypotheses tied to Proposition 1.2 and (2.13), not re-chosen. Corollaries 3.2 and 3.5 assert existence of their constants without Proposition 3.1 and Corollary 3.4.
  • Not trivial. A formalization with a real-valued MnM_nMn​ equal to 000 on extinction, a D∞D_\inftyD∞​ never shown to be the limit, or a C∗C^*C∗ depending on xxx would not be this theorem. The definitions above rule out each of these.

Out of scope: the spine-measure lemmas (Lemmas 2.3, 3.3, 3.8–3.10, 4.3), Propositions 2.1–2.2 cited from Lyons, and Appendices B–C. Contributions are welcome on all milestones. The many-to-one lemma and the renewal statement are independent of the rest and are natural first targets.

Selected references

  • E. Aïdékon, Convergence in law of the minimum of a branching random walk, Ann. Probab. 41(3A) (2013) 1362–1426. arXiv:1101.1810, doi:10.1214/12-AOP750
  • J. D. Biggins, A. E. Kyprianou, Measure change in multitype branching, Adv. Appl. Probab. 36 (2004) 544–581. Reference [7] of Aïdékon (2013), arXiv:1101.1810, p. 68
  • M. Bramson, Convergence of solutions of the Kolmogorov equation to travelling waves, Mem. Amer. Math. Soc. 44, no. 285 (1983). doi:10.1090/memo/0285
  • S. P. Lalley, T. Sellke, A conditional limit theorem for the frontier of a branching Brownian motion, Ann. Probab. 15 (1987) 1052–1061. Reference [21] of Aïdékon (2013), arXiv:1101.1810, p. 69
  • Y. Hu, Z. Shi, Minimal position and critical martingale convergence in branching random walks, and directed polymers on disordered trees, Ann. Probab. 37 (2009) 742–789. arXiv:math/0702799
  • L. Addario-Berry, B. Reed, Minima in branching random walks, Ann. Probab. 37 (2009) 1044–1079. Reference [1] of Aïdékon (2013), arXiv:1101.1810, p. 68
  • R. Lyons, A simple path to Biggins' martingale convergence for branching random walk, in Classical and Modern Branching Processes, IMA Vol. Math. Appl. 84 (1997) 217–221. Reference [22] of Aïdékon (2013), arXiv:1101.1810, p. 69
13 thms1 active userReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryControl TheoryOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Nonzero-Sum Stochastic Differential Games with Impulse Controls: A Verification Theorem with Applications 1: Regular Solutions of the Quasi-Variational Inequalities Give Nash Equilibrium PayoffsResearch Paper

Motivation

Many economic and engineering systems are steered by agents who act at discrete instants rather than continuously: a central bank intervenes on an exchange rate, two energy producers adjust a shared stock, a firm rebalances inventory. Each action has a fixed cost, so continuous control is not realistic. The mathematical model is impulse control: the state follows a diffusion, and a controller may shift it at chosen stopping times by paying a cost. The single-controller theory is classical (Øksendal and Sulem, Applied Stochastic Control of Jump Diffusions, 2007). When two controllers with different objectives act on the same state, the result is a nonzero-sum stochastic differential game with impulse controls.

Before Aïd, Basei, Callegaro, Campi and Vargiolu, the literature on games with impulse controls was almost entirely zero-sum: Cosso (SIAM J. Control Optim., 2013) characterised the value of zero-sum impulse games through a double-obstacle quasi-variational inequality in the viscosity sense. Their paper (Math. Oper. Res. 45(1), 2020; arXiv:1605.00039) gives the first general formulation of the nonzero-sum case together with a verification theorem: a system of quasi-variational inequalities (QVIs) whose sufficiently regular solutions are the equilibrium payoffs. Its Section 4 then computes Nash equilibria in closed form for a one-dimensional game.

Setting

A kkk-dimensional Brownian motion WWW on a filtered probability space satisfying the usual conditions drives the state equation

dYs=b(Ys) ds+σ(Ys) dWs,Ys∈Rd,dY_s=b(Y_s)\,ds+\sigma(Y_s)\,dW_s ,\qquad Y_s\in\mathbb R^d,dYs​=b(Ys​)ds+σ(Ys​)dWs​,Ys​∈Rd,

with globally Lipschitz bbb and σ\sigmaσ. The game takes place in an open set S⊆RdS\subseteq\mathbb R^dS⊆Rd and ends at the exit time τS\tau_SτS​ of the state from SSS. Each of two players i∈{1,2}i\in\{1,2\}i∈{1,2} has a nonempty impulse set Zi⊆RliZ_i\subseteq\mathbb R^{l_i}Zi​⊆Rli​ and a continuous impulse map Γi:S×Zi→S\Gamma^i:S\times Z_i\to SΓi:S×Zi​→S: an intervention with impulse δ\deltaδ moves the state from yyy to Γi(y,δ)\Gamma^i(y,\delta)Γi(y,δ).

A strategy of player iii is a pair φi=(Ci,ξi)\varphi_i=(\mathcal C_i,\xi_i)φi​=(Ci​,ξi​) with Ci⊆S\mathcal C_i\subseteq SCi​⊆S open and ξi:S→Zi\xi_i:S\to Z_iξi​:S→Zi​ continuous. Player iii intervenes as soon as the state leaves Ci\mathcal C_iCi​, with impulse ξi(y)\xi_i(y)ξi​(y) at the current state yyy. Player 1 has priority on ties, and several interventions may happen at the same instant. This defines the controlled process XXX, the intervention times τi,n\tau_{i,n}τi,n​ and impulses δi,n\delta_{i,n}δi,n​ of each player, and the states X(τi,n)−X_{(\tau_{i,n})^-}X(τi,n​)−​ just before each intervention. The payoff of player iii is

Ji(x;φ1,φ2)=E[∫0τSe−ρisfi(Xs)ds+∑τi,n<τSe−ρiτi,nϕi(X(τi,n)−,δi,n)+∑τj,n<τSe−ρiτj,nψi(X(τj,n)−,δj,n)+e−ρiτShi(XτS)1{τS<∞}],J^i(x;\varphi_1,\varphi_2)=\mathbb E\Big[\int_0^{\tau_S}e^{-\rho_is}f_i(X_s)ds+\sum_{\tau_{i,n}<\tau_S}e^{-\rho_i\tau_{i,n}}\phi_i(X_{(\tau_{i,n})^-},\delta_{i,n})+\sum_{\tau_{j,n}<\tau_S}e^{-\rho_i\tau_{j,n}}\psi_i(X_{(\tau_{j,n})^-},\delta_{j,n})+e^{-\rho_i\tau_S}h_i(X_{\tau_S})\mathbf 1_{\{\tau_S<\infty\}}\Big],Ji(x;φ1​,φ2​)=E[∫0τS​​e−ρi​sfi​(Xs​)ds+τi,n​<τS​∑​e−ρi​τi,n​ϕi​(X(τi,n​)−​,δi,n​)+τj,n​<τS​∑​e−ρi​τj,n​ψi​(X(τj,n​)−​,δj,n​)+e−ρi​τS​hi​(XτS​​)1{τS​<∞}​],

where j≠ij\ne ij=i, ρi>0\rho_i>0ρi​>0, fif_ifi​ is a running payoff, ϕi\phi_iϕi​ the cost of one's own interventions, ψi\psi_iψi​ the gain from the opponent's, and hih_ihi​ a terminal payoff on ∂S\partial S∂S. A pair of strategies is xxx-admissible, (φ1,φ2)∈Φx(\varphi_1,\varphi_2)\in\Phi_x(φ1​,φ2​)∈Φx​, when these four terms are integrable, sup⁡s≤τS∣Xs∣\sup_{s\le\tau_S}|X_s|sups≤τS​​∣Xs​∣ has all moments, and the interventions do not accumulate before τS\tau_SτS​. A Nash equilibrium is a pair in Φx\Phi_xΦx​ from which no player gains by a unilateral admissible deviation.

Given candidate payoff functions V1,V2V_1,V_2V1​,V2​ on Sˉ\bar SSˉ, let δi(x)\delta_i(x)δi​(x) be the unique maximiser of Vi(Γi(x,δ))+ϕi(x,δ)V_i(\Gamma^i(x,\delta))+\phi_i(x,\delta)Vi​(Γi(x,δ))+ϕi​(x,δ) over ZiZ_iZi​. Define MiVi(x)=Vi(Γi(x,δi(x)))+ϕi(x,δi(x))\mathcal M_iV_i(x)=V_i(\Gamma^i(x,\delta_i(x)))+\phi_i(x,\delta_i(x))Mi​Vi​(x)=Vi​(Γi(x,δi​(x)))+ϕi​(x,δi​(x)), HiVi(x)=Vi(Γj(x,δj(x)))+ψi(x,δj(x))\mathcal H_iV_i(x)=V_i(\Gamma^j(x,\delta_j(x)))+\psi_i(x,\delta_j(x))Hi​Vi​(x)=Vi​(Γj(x,δj​(x)))+ψi​(x,δj​(x)), the continuation region Di={MiVi−Vi<0}\mathcal D_i=\{\mathcal M_iV_i-V_i<0\}Di​={Mi​Vi​−Vi​<0} and the generator AV=b⋅∇V+12tr⁡(σσtD2V)\mathcal AV=b\cdot\nabla V+\tfrac12\operatorname{tr}(\sigma\sigma^tD^2V)AV=b⋅∇V+21​tr(σσtD2V). The QVI system is

Vi=hi on ∂S,MjVj−Vj≤0 on S,HiVi−Vi=0 on {MjVj=Vj},max⁡{AVi−ρiVi+fi, MiVi−Vi}=0 on Dj.V_i=h_i\ \text{on }\partial S,\quad \mathcal M_jV_j-V_j\le0\ \text{on }S,\quad \mathcal H_iV_i-V_i=0\ \text{on }\{\mathcal M_jV_j=V_j\},\quad \max\{\mathcal AV_i-\rho_iV_i+f_i,\ \mathcal M_iV_i-V_i\}=0\ \text{on }\mathcal D_j .Vi​=hi​ on ∂S,Mj​Vj​−Vj​≤0 on S,Hi​Vi​−Vi​=0 on {Mj​Vj​=Vj​},max{AVi​−ρi​Vi​+fi​, Mi​Vi​−Vi​}=0 on Dj​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.3 (verification theorem)

Suppose V1,V2V_1,V_2V1​,V2​ solve the QVI system, Vi∈C2(Dj∖∂Di)∩C1(Dj)∩C(Sˉ)V_i\in C^2(\mathcal D_j\setminus\partial\mathcal D_i)\cap C^1(\mathcal D_j)\cap C(\bar S)Vi​∈C2(Dj​∖∂Di​)∩C1(Dj​)∩C(Sˉ) with polynomial growth, ∂Di\partial\mathcal D_i∂Di​ is a Lipschitz surface near which ViV_iVi​ has locally bounded first and second derivatives, x∈Sx\in Sx∈S, and the threshold pair φi∗=(Di,δi)\varphi_i^*=(\mathcal D_i,\delta_i)φi∗​=(Di​,δi​) is xxx-admissible. Then

(φ1∗,φ2∗) is a Nash equilibrium andVi(x)=Ji(x;φ1∗,φ2∗),i=1,2.(\varphi_1^*,\varphi_2^*)\ \text{is a Nash equilibrium and}\quad V_i(x)=J^i(x;\varphi_1^*,\varphi_2^*),\qquad i=1,2 .(φ1∗​,φ2∗​) is a Nash equilibrium andVi​(x)=Ji(x;φ1∗​,φ2∗​),i=1,2.

Milestones

  • Lemma 2.3: the controlled process is the concatenation of diffusion pieces, it jumps only at interventions, and between interventions it stays in C1∩C2\mathcal C_1\cap\mathcal C_2C1​∩C2​.
  • Remark 3.6, (3.8b), (3.8d), (3.8f): against φ2∗\varphi_2^*φ2∗​, the state stays in D2\mathcal D_2D2​, and player 2 intervenes only on {M2V2=V2}\{\mathcal M_2V_2=V_2\}{M2​V2​=V2​} with impulse δ2\delta_2δ2​.
  • Step 1 of the proof: V1(x)≥J1(x;φ1,φ2∗)V_1(x)\ge J^1(x;\varphi_1,\varphi_2^*)V1​(x)≥J1(x;φ1​,φ2∗​) for every admissible deviation φ1\varphi_1φ1​.
  • Step 2 of the proof: V1(x)=J1(x;φ1∗,φ2∗)V_1(x)=J^1(x;\varphi_1^*,\varphi_2^*)V1​(x)=J1(x;φ1∗​,φ2∗​).

The goal follows from Steps 1 and 2 and their mirror images for player 2.

Significance

The theorem turns the search for Nash equilibria of nonzero-sum impulse games, an infinite-dimensional fixed-point problem over strategy pairs, into a deterministic problem: find functions satisfying a system of coupled QVIs with prescribed regularity. The regularity conditions become smooth-pasting conditions, hence a system of algebraic equations; Section 4 of the paper solves it explicitly for a one-dimensional game with linear payoffs. A further consequence is structural: equilibrium payoffs need only be C2C^2C2 on the opponent's continuation region, which is what lets non-smooth, piecewise-defined candidates qualify.

The result is proved in the paper; no machine-checked version exists. A complete formalization would be the first verified verification theorem for impulse control, single-player or game, and would expose every convention of the model: priority on ties, simultaneous interventions, the treatment of exit, and the integrability of the payoff. Several of these conventions need correction on the page, as listed below.

Difficulty

The heuristic argument applies Itô's formula to e−ρ1tV1(Xt)e^{-\rho_1t}V_1(X_t)e−ρ1​tV1​(Xt​) and uses the QVIs term by term. This fails on two counts. First, V1V_1V1​ is only C1C^1C1 across the free boundary ∂D1\partial\mathcal D_1∂D1​, so Itô's formula does not apply directly. The paper mollifies V1V_1V1​ (following Øksendal's proof of his verification theorem for optimal stopping) and must control the second derivatives near a Lipschitz boundary. Second, the sums over interventions may be infinite and the horizon unbounded, so expectations and limits do not commute. The passage to the limit needs the integrability built into Φx\Phi_xΦx​ and the polynomial growth of ViV_iVi​. The stochastic-calculus infrastructure itself (Itô's formula for continuous semimartingales stopped at random times, strong solutions of Lipschitz SDEs restarted at stopping times) is largely missing from Mathlib.

Formalization scope

The Lean model is pathwise. A realization is a sequence of diffusion pieces, each solving the state equation from the random restart time with the restart value. The Itô integral is the published relation EthierKurtz.HasBrownianItoIntegral, and the stochastic basis uses the published You2015.Shared.UsualConditions and IsFBrownian. Times take values in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] with e−ρ⋅∞=0e^{-\rho\cdot\infty}=0e−ρ⋅∞=0, and the state space is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d). Φx\Phi_xΦx​ asks for one admissible realization, while the Nash inequalities and the payoff identity hold on every admissible realization; strong uniqueness makes these readings equivalent.

The following deviate from the page and are disclosed in the items:

  1. δi\delta_iδi​ is assumed continuous, so that φi∗\varphi_i^*φi∗​ is a strategy.
  2. The fourth QVI is imposed on Dj∖∂Di\mathcal D_j\setminus\partial\mathcal D_iDj​∖∂Di​, where AVi\mathcal AV_iAVi​ exists.
  3. The exit time is αkˉ+1S\alpha^S_{\bar k+1}αkˉ+1S​, not the printed αkˉS\alpha^S_{\bar k}αkˉS​.
  4. The gain term of (2.7) is read with the opponent's interventions.
  5. The supremum in (2.8) is taken over [0,τS][0,\tau_S][0,τS​].
  6. Interventions accumulating at a finite τS\tau_SτS​ are excluded from Φx\Phi_xΦx​, since the page leaves XτSX_{\tau_S}XτS​​ undefined there.
  7. Lemma 2.3 is stated in corrected form for simultaneous and boundary interventions.

The payoff is a Bochner expectation only inside Φx\Phi_xΦx​, which requires the L1L^1L1 conditions of (2.7) and the integrability of each payoff. A non-integrable deviation therefore never receives the junk payoff 000, and the Nash inequality cannot hold vacuously.

Contributions are welcome on the stochastic-calculus layer this needs (Itô's formula, strong existence and uniqueness for Lipschitz SDEs, optional stopping for stochastic integrals) and on the mollification lemma for functions that are C1C^1C1 with piecewise bounded second derivatives across a Lipschitz surface. These are reusable well beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • R. Aïd, M. Basei, G. Callegaro, L. Campi, T. Vargiolu, Nonzero-sum stochastic differential games with impulse controls: a verification theorem with applications, Math. Oper. Res. 45(1), 2020 (accepted manuscript, arXiv:1605.00039v4). https://arxiv.org/abs/1605.00039
  • A. Cosso, Stochastic differential games involving impulse controls and double-obstacle quasi-variational inequalities, SIAM J. Control Optim. 51(3), 2102–2131, 2013.
  • B. Øksendal, Stochastic Differential Equations, 6th ed., Springer, 2003. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-14394-6
  • B. Øksendal, A. Sulem, Applied Stochastic Control of Jump Diffusions, 2nd ed., Springer, 2007. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-540-69826-5
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchProbabilityStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Fundamentals of Queueing Theory VIII: Lindley's Integral Equation for the G/G/1 QueueTextbook

Why the G/G/1 queue

The single-server queue with general interarrival times and general service times, written G/G/1 in Kendall's notation, is the model left when every distributional assumption is removed from the classical single-server queue. Customers arrive one at a time, wait in line in first-come, first-served order, and are served one at a time. Almost nothing about it can be computed in closed form. What survives is a recursion for the waiting times of successive customers and the integral equation of its steady state, due to Lindley (Lindley, 1952). Every exact and approximate treatment of the G/G/1 waiting time, including the bounds of the next chapter of the book, starts from that equation.

This mission is the eighth of a series formalizing Gross, Shortle, Thompson and Harris, Fundamentals of Queueing Theory (4th ed., Wiley 2008, DOI 10.1002/9781118625651). It covers Chapter 6, "General Models and Theoretical Topics". The chapter also treats the G/E_k/1 characteristic equation (§6.1), the M/D/c queue (§6.3) and maximum-likelihood estimation for M/M/1 (§6.7), which appear here as further milestones.

Timeline. Lindley (1952) derived the recursion and the integral equation and showed that a limiting waiting-time distribution exists when the mean service time is smaller than the mean interarrival time. Loynes (1962) gave the stationary solution as a supremum over the past of a random walk, for stationary rather than independent inputs. Clarke (1957) derived the maximum-likelihood estimators for M/M/1, and Crommelin (1932) the M/D/c generating function. Chaudhry, Harris and Marchal (1990) located the roots of the G/E_k/1 characteristic equation.

Setting

The interarrival times T(n)T^{(n)}T(n) are independent with common distribution AAA, the service times S(n)S^{(n)}S(n) are independent with common distribution BBB, and the two sequences are independent. Both AAA and BBB are lifetime laws: probability distributions on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞). The means are E[T]=1/λ\mathrm E[T]=1/\lambdaE[T]=1/λ and E[S]=1/μ\mathrm E[S]=1/\muE[S]=1/μ, and the traffic intensity is ρ=λ/μ=E[S]/E[T]\rho=\lambda/\mu=\mathrm E[S]/\mathrm E[T]ρ=λ/μ=E[S]/E[T].

The line delay Wq(n)W_q^{(n)}Wq(n)​ of the nnnth customer satisfies Lindley's recursion

Wq(n+1)=max⁡(0,  Wq(n)+S(n)−T(n)).W_q^{(n+1)}=\max\bigl(0,\;W_q^{(n)}+S^{(n)}-T^{(n)}\bigr).Wq(n+1)​=max(0,Wq(n)​+S(n)−T(n)).

Write UUU for the distribution of S−TS-TS−T with S∼BS\sim BS∼B and T∼AT\sim AT∼A independent. Since Wq(n)W_q^{(n)}Wq(n)​ is independent of (S(n),T(n))(S^{(n)},T^{(n)})(S(n),T(n)), one step of the recursion sends the distribution ν\nuν of Wq(n)W_q^{(n)}Wq(n)​ to the distribution of max⁡(0,W+U)\max(0,W+U)max(0,W+U) with W∼νW\sim\nuW∼ν independent of UUU. A stationary delay distribution is a probability distribution ν\nuν that this step maps to itself; its CDF is Wq(t)=ν((−∞,t])W_q(t)=\nu((-\infty,t])Wq​(t)=ν((−∞,t]).

Formalization targets

Goal: Lindley's equation (6.8)

If E[T]\mathrm E[T]E[T] and E[S]\mathrm E[S]E[S] are finite and ρ<1\rho<1ρ<1, then a stationary delay distribution exists, and the CDF of every stationary delay distribution satisfies

Wq(t)={∫−∞tWq(t−x) dU(x)(0≤t<∞),0(t<0),U(x)=∫max⁡(0,x)∞B(y) dA(y−x).W_q(t)=\begin{cases}\displaystyle\int_{-\infty}^{t}W_q(t-x)\,dU(x) & (0\le t<\infty),\\ 0 & (t<0),\end{cases} \qquad U(x)=\int_{\max(0,x)}^{\infty}B(y)\,dA(y-x).Wq​(t)=⎩⎨⎧​∫−∞t​Wq​(t−x)dU(x)0​(0≤t<∞),(t<0),​U(x)=∫max(0,x)∞​B(y)dA(y−x).

The goal consists of the existence statement and the equation together. The equation alone is close to unfolding one step of the recursion. Existence is what ties it to a queue in steady state.

Milestones

  • (6.9), the CDF of U=S−TU=S-TU=S−T as a convolution of BBB and AAA.
  • The one-step convolution (p.285): Wq(n+1)(t)=∫−∞tWq(n)(t−x) dU(x)W_q^{(n+1)}(t)=\int_{-\infty}^{t}W_q^{(n)}(t-x)\,dU(x)Wq(n+1)​(t)=∫−∞t​Wq(n)​(t−x)dU(x) for t≥0t\ge0t≥0.
  • (6.10)–(6.12), the Wiener–Hopf form: Wq−(t)+Wq(t)=∫−∞tWq(t−x) dU(x)W_q^-(t)+W_q(t)=\int_{-\infty}^t W_q(t-x)\,dU(x)Wq−​(t)+Wq​(t)=∫−∞t​Wq​(t−x)dU(x) for all ttt, and Wˉq(s)=Wˉq−(s)/(A∗(−s)B∗(s)−1)\bar W_q(s)=\bar W_q^-(s)/(A^*(-s)B^*(s)-1)Wˉq​(s)=Wˉq−​(s)/(A∗(−s)B∗(s)−1) for two-sided Laplace transforms.
  • The G/E_k/1 root result (p.278): the characteristic equation zk=A∗[kμ(1−z)]z^k=A^*[k\mu(1-z)]zk=A∗[kμ(1−z)] has exactly one root in (0,1)(0,1)(0,1), one in (−1,0)(-1,0)(−1,0) exactly when kkk is even, and, when A∗=[A1∗]kA^*=[A_1^*]^kA∗=[A1∗​]k, exactly kkk distinct roots in the open unit disk.
  • (6.18)–(6.20), the M/D/c generating function and p0p_0p0​ in terms of the roots of zc=e−λ(1−z)z^c=e^{-\lambda(1-z)}zc=e−λ(1−z).
  • (6.33), the maximum-likelihood estimators λ^=na/t\hat\lambda=n_a/tλ^=na​/t, μ^=nc/tb\hat\mu=n_c/t_bμ^​=nc​/tb​ for M/M/1.

Significance

Lindley's equation characterizes the stationary G/G/1 waiting time without any distributional assumption. The M/M/1, M/G/1 and G/M/1 waiting-time distributions of earlier chapters are its special cases. The transform relation (6.12) reduces the G/G/1 delay to a factorization problem for A∗(−s)B∗(s)−1A^*(-s)B^*(s)-1A∗(−s)B∗(s)−1. The recursion and the equation are the starting point of Kingman's bound, of heavy-traffic approximations and of simulation of single-server systems.

All of these results are classical and proved. As far as a search of the platform shows, none of them is formalized. The platform's forward-coupling mission proves convergence to a stationary workload of a continuous-time queue that it assumes to exist. It proves neither the existence of a stationary law of Lindley's discrete recursion nor Lindley's equation. The mission therefore produces a machine-checked account of the G/G/1 recursion on distributions, a Loynes-type existence theorem for it, and the Wiener–Hopf transform identity. Its definitions (lifetime laws, the law of S−TS-TS−T, the law map of the recursion, two-sided transforms) are reusable for Kingman's bound in the next mission of the series.

Difficulty

The obvious route to existence is to iterate the recursion from Wq(0)=0W_q^{(0)}=0Wq(0)​=0 and take a limit. The distributions of Wq(n)W_q^{(n)}Wq(n)​ from zero increase stochastically, but a limit of CDFs need not be a probability distribution: mass can escape to infinity, and it does when ρ>1\rho>1ρ>1. Ruling this out under ρ<1\rho<1ρ<1 is the whole content of the existence half. It is a statement about the entire past of the input sequences, not about one step of the recursion, and the book asserts it without argument ("In the steady state (ρ<1\rho<1ρ<1) …", p.285).

The transform identity (6.12) needs the right strip of convergence, which the book does not state. A∗(−s)A^*(-s)A∗(−s) is finite only where the interarrival time has an exponential moment.

Formalization scope

Distributions are Mathlib measures on R\mathbb RR. AAA and BBB are probability measures with no mass on (−∞,0)(-\infty,0)(−∞,0), with integrable identity where means are used. ρ<1\rho<1ρ<1 is stated as E[S]/E[T]<1\mathrm E[S]/\mathrm E[T]<1E[S]/E[T]<1 with E[T]>0\mathrm E[T]>0E[T]>0. Independence is encoded by product measures: UUU is the image of B⊗AB\otimes AB⊗A under (s,t)↦s−t(s,t)\mapsto s-t(s,t)↦s−t, and one step of the recursion is the image of ν⊗U\nu\otimes Uν⊗U under (w,u)↦max⁡(0,w+u)(w,u)\mapsto\max(0,w+u)(w,u)↦max(0,w+u). Stieltjes integrals over (−∞,t](-\infty,t](−∞,t] are Lebesgue integrals over the closed half-line, so the atom Wq(0)=q0W_q(0)=q_0Wq​(0)=q0​ is counted. Transforms take complex arguments.

The closed forms carried by the statements are the following.

  • (6.8), in both of the book's forms, ∫−∞tWq(t−x) dU(x)\int_{-\infty}^t W_q(t-x)\,dU(x)∫−∞t​Wq​(t−x)dU(x) and −∫0∞Wq(y) dU(t−y)-\int_0^\infty W_q(y)\,dU(t-y)−∫0∞​Wq​(y)dU(t−y).
  • (6.9) as an integral against the law of T+xT+xT+x.
  • U∗(s)=A∗(−s)B∗(s)U^*(s)=A^*(-s)B^*(s)U∗(s)=A∗(−s)B∗(s) and (6.12), for 0<Re⁡s0<\operatorname{Re}s0<Res with ∫e(Re⁡s)x dA(x)<∞\int e^{(\operatorname{Re}s)x}\,dA(x)<\infty∫e(Res)xdA(x)<∞. The division is stated only where A∗(−s)B∗(s)≠1A^*(-s)B^*(s)\ne1A∗(−s)B∗(s)=1.
  • (6.18) and (6.19) with the denominator 1−zceλ(1−z)1-z^ce^{\lambda(1-z)}1−zceλ(1−z) cleared on ∣z∣≤1|z|\le1∣z∣≤1, and (6.20) for c≥2c\ge2c≥2. The roots z1,…,zc−1z_1,\dots,z_{c-1}z1​,…,zc−1​ are hypotheses: distinct, ≠1\ne1=1, and exhausting the roots in the closed disk.
  • (6.33) as the unique maximizer of −λt−μtb+naln⁡λ+ncln⁡μ-\lambda t-\mu t_b+n_a\ln\lambda+n_c\ln\mu−λt−μtb​+na​lnλ+nc​lnμ over λ,μ>0\lambda,\mu>0λ,μ>0.

A stationary delay distribution is a fixed point of the law map of the recursion, not an arbitrary CDF assumed to satisfy (6.8). A statement of (6.8) for "any CDF with Wq=Wq∗UW_q=W_q*UWq​=Wq​∗U on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞)" would assume its own conclusion, and is excluded. The statement for M/D/c includes existence of a steady state under λ<c\lambda<cλ<c as well as the formula for every steady state.

Not formalized: §6.1.1–6.1.2 (G/PH_k/1, quasi-birth–death processes), §6.4 (semi-Markov processes, whose limit theorems the book quotes without hypotheses), §6.5 (random-order and last-come service, series representations), §6.6 (design and control), and the rest of §6.7.

Contributions are welcome on the random-walk representation of the recursion, on the existence theorem under ρ<1\rho<1ρ<1, and on the transform identities. The first two are reusable for any single-server or storage model driven by a reflected random walk.

Selected references

  • D. Gross, J. F. Shortle, J. M. Thompson, C. M. Harris, Fundamentals of Queueing Theory, 4th ed., Wiley, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781118625651
  • D. V. Lindley, "The theory of queues with a single server", Mathematical Proceedings of the Cambridge Philosophical Society 48(2), 1952. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0305004100027638
  • R. M. Loynes, "The stability of a queue with non-independent inter-arrival and service times", Mathematical Proceedings of the Cambridge Philosophical Society 58(3), 1962. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0305004100036094
  • W. Feller, An Introduction to Probability Theory and Its Applications, Vol. II, 2nd ed., Wiley, 1971.
  • A. B. Clarke, "Maximum likelihood estimates in a simple queue", Annals of Mathematical Statistics 28(4), 1957. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177706796
  • M. L. Chaudhry, C. M. Harris, W. G. Marchal, "Robustness of rootfinding in single-server queueing models", ORSA Journal on Computing 2(3), 1990. https://doi.org/10.1287/ijoc.2.3.273
12 thms1 active userReviewed
Markov ChainOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Fundamentals of Queueing Theory VII: The Geometric Arrival-Point Law of the G/M/1 QueueTextbook

Motivation

Most queueing models with a closed-form answer assume Poisson arrivals. In practice the times between arrivals are often far from exponential: scheduled appointments, batch releases from an upstream process, or arrivals timed by a machine cycle. The G/M/1 queue keeps the service side exponential and makes no assumption about the arrival stream beyond independent, identically distributed interarrival times. It is the standard counterpart of the M/G/1 queue, and its solution is the one used in teaching and in practice whenever the input is not Poisson (Gross, Shortle, Thompson & Harris, Fundamentals of Queueing Theory, 4th ed., Wiley 2008, §5.3.1, DOI 10.1002/9781118625651).

The answer has an unusually clean form. The number of customers that an arriving customer finds in the system is geometric, exactly as in the M/M/1 queue, with the traffic intensity ρ\rhoρ replaced by a number r0r_0r0​ that depends on the whole interarrival distribution through a single scalar equation. This mission is the seventh of a series formalizing the book chapter by chapter; it covers the G/M/1 half of §5.3 (printed pp.259–263).

Setting

Customers arrive at a single server. The interarrival times are independent with common law AAA, a probability distribution on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) with CDF A(t)A(t)A(t) and finite mean E[T]=1/λE[T] = 1/\lambdaE[T]=1/λ, λ>0\lambda > 0λ>0. Service times are independent exponential random variables with rate μ>0\mu > 0μ>0, and the discipline is first come, first served.

Let XnX_nXn​ be the number of customers in the system just before the nnnth arrival. Between two arrivals the server completes a Poisson number of services (truncated by the number present), so {Xn}\{X_n\}{Xn​} is a Markov chain on {0,1,2,… }\{0,1,2,\dots\}{0,1,2,…}. Its transition probabilities are built from

bk=∫0∞e−μt(μt)kk! dA(t)(k≥0),b_k = \int_0^\infty \frac{e^{-\mu t}(\mu t)^k}{k!}\,dA(t) \qquad (k \ge 0),bk​=∫0∞​k!e−μt(μt)k​dA(t)(k≥0),

the probability of exactly kkk completions during one interarrival time (Eq. (5.50)): pi0=1−∑k=0ibkp_{i0} = 1 - \sum_{k=0}^{i} b_kpi0​=1−∑k=0i​bk​, pij=bi+1−jp_{ij} = b_{i+1-j}pij​=bi+1−j​ for 1≤j≤i+11 \le j \le i+11≤j≤i+1, and pij=0p_{ij} = 0pij​=0 otherwise (Eq. (5.51)). A stationary arrival-point distribution is a probability vector q={qn}q = \{q_n\}q={qn​} with qP=qqP = qqP=q and qe=1qe = 1qe=1 (Eq. (5.52)); qnq_nqn​ is the long-run probability that an arrival finds nnn customers present.

The characteristic equation of the chain is

z=β(z),β(z)=∑n≥0bnzn,z = \beta(z), \qquad \beta(z) = \sum_{n \ge 0} b_n z^n ,z=β(z),β(z)=n≥0∑​bn​zn,

where β\betaβ is the probability generating function of {bn}\{b_n\}{bn​} (Eq. (5.55)). Equivalently z=A∗[μ(1−z)]z = A^*[\mu(1-z)]z=A∗[μ(1−z)] (Eq. (5.56)), where A∗(s)=∫0∞e−sx dA(x)A^*(s) = \int_0^\infty e^{-sx}\,dA(x)A∗(s)=∫0∞​e−sxdA(x) is the Laplace–Stieltjes transform of the interarrival law. The traffic intensity is ρ=λ/μ\rho = \lambda/\muρ=λ/μ.

Formalization targets

Goal: Eq. (5.60), the geometric arrival-point law

If ρ=λ/μ<1\rho = \lambda/\mu < 1ρ=λ/μ<1, there is a number r0r_0r0​ with 0<r0<10 < r_0 < 10<r0​<1 and r0=β(r0)r_0 = \beta(r_0)r0​=β(r0​), it is the only complex root of z=β(z)z = \beta(z)z=β(z) in the open unit disk, and

qn=(1−r0) r0 n(n≥0)q_n = (1 - r_0)\, r_0^{\,n} \qquad (n \ge 0)qn​=(1−r0​)r0n​(n≥0)

is a stationary arrival-point distribution and the only one. The root is part of the conclusion, not an assumption.

Milestones

  1. Eqs. (5.51)–(5.53): for a probability vector qqq, qP=qqP = qqP=q is equivalent to qi=∑k≥0qi+k−1bkq_i = \sum_{k\ge0} q_{i+k-1}b_kqi​=∑k≥0​qi+k−1​bk​ (i≥1i \ge 1i≥1) and q0=∑j≥0qj(1−∑k=0jbk)q_0 = \sum_{j\ge0} q_j\bigl(1 - \sum_{k=0}^{j} b_k\bigr)q0​=∑j≥0​qj​(1−∑k=0j​bk​).
  2. p.261: 0<b0<10 < b_0 < 10<b0​<1, bn>0b_n > 0bn​>0 for all nnn, β(1)=1\beta(1) = 1β(1)=1, and β′(1)=∑nnbn=μ/λ\beta'(1) = \sum_n n b_n = \mu/\lambdaβ′(1)=∑n​nbn​=μ/λ.
  3. Eq. (5.56): β(z)=A∗[μ(1−z)]\beta(z) = A^*[\mu(1-z)]β(z)=A∗[μ(1−z)] for ∣z∣≤1|z| \le 1∣z∣≤1.
  4. Eq. (5.58), Figure 5.2: z=β(z)z = \beta(z)z=β(z) has at most one root in (0,1)(0,1)(0,1), and one exists if and only if λ/μ<1\lambda/\mu < 1λ/μ<1.
  5. p.262: when λ/μ<1\lambda/\mu < 1λ/μ<1, z=β(z)z = \beta(z)z=β(z) has exactly one root with ∣z∣<1|z| < 1∣z∣<1.
  6. Eq. (5.59): successive substitution z(k+1)=β(z(k))z^{(k+1)} = \beta(z^{(k)})z(k+1)=β(z(k)) from any 0<z(0)<10 < z^{(0)} < 10<z(0)<1 converges to r0r_0r0​.
  7. Eq. (5.61): L(A)=r0/(1−r0)L^{(A)} = r_0/(1-r_0)L(A)=r0​/(1−r0​) and Lq(A)=r02/(1−r0)L_q^{(A)} = r_0^2/(1-r_0)Lq(A)​=r02​/(1−r0​).
  8. Eq. (5.62): Wq(t)=1−r0e−μ(1−r0)tW_q(t) = 1 - r_0 e^{-\mu(1-r_0)t}Wq​(t)=1−r0​e−μ(1−r0​)t and W(t)=1−e−μ(1−r0)tW(t) = 1 - e^{-\mu(1-r_0)t}W(t)=1−e−μ(1−r0​)t for t≥0t \ge 0t≥0.
  9. Eq. (5.63): Wq=r0/(μ(1−r0))W_q = r_0/(\mu(1-r_0))Wq​=r0​/(μ(1−r0​)) and W=1/(μ(1−r0))W = 1/(\mu(1-r_0))W=1/(μ(1−r0​)).

Significance

The result. Equation (5.60) reduces the analysis of a queue with arbitrary renewal input to one scalar root. Every arrival-point performance measure of the M/M/1 queue then carries over with ρ\rhoρ replaced by r0r_0r0​: the mean number found by an arrival, the mean queue found by an arrival, and the full distributions of line delay and system time seen by arrivals (Eqs. (5.61)–(5.63)). The same root drives the multiserver G/M/c analysis later in §5.3 and the relation between arrival-point and time-average probabilities in §6.3. The result also illustrates a point the book stresses: qnq_nqn​ is the distribution seen by arrivals, and it equals the time-average distribution pnp_npn​ only when the input is Poisson.

Formalizing it. The mathematics is classical (the embedded-chain method goes back to Kendall, 1953) and fully proved in the textbook literature; nothing here is open. To our knowledge none of it has a machine-checked proof: the platform had no G/M/1, embedded-chain, or Rouché-type statement when this mission was drafted. The work is to formalize the known argument, which touches analytic facts about power series with nonnegative coefficients, a mixture-of-Poisson computation, a counting of roots in the unit disk, and the uniqueness of the stationary law of an irreducible countable chain.

Difficulty

Locating a real root in (0,1)(0,1)(0,1) is a one-variable question. The hard step is excluding every other complex root inside the unit disk: a real-variable argument says nothing about complex roots, and the book's route relies on Rouché's theorem, which Mathlib does not have. A second point is uniqueness of the stationary vector: showing that the geometric vector solves qP=qqP = qqP=q does not show that no other probability vector does, and the goal asserts both. Computing ∑nnbn=μ/λ\sum_n n b_n = \mu/\lambda∑n​nbn​=μ/λ requires interchanging a sum with the integral against AAA, which is where the finite mean of the interarrival law enters.

Formalization scope

The interarrival law is a measure A : Measure ℝ with IsProbabilityMeasure A, A (Set.Iio 0) = 0, integrable identity, and ∫ x ∂A = 1/λ (the structure IsInterarrivalLaw). Every theorem also assumes λ>0\lambda > 0λ>0 and μ>0\mu > 0μ>0. The integrals defining bkb_kbk​ and A∗A^*A∗ are over [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞), closed at 000. The generating function β\betaβ takes complex arguments; real roots are written with the real-to-complex coercion. A stationary vector is a function q : ℕ → ℝ with qn≥0q_n \ge 0qn​≥0, HasSum q 1, and HasSum (fun i => q i * p i j) (q j) for every jjj.

The explicit closed forms the statements carry are: the transition matrix (5.51); the equations (5.53); β(z)=A∗[μ(1−z)]\beta(z) = A^*[\mu(1-z)]β(z)=A∗[μ(1−z)] (5.56); β′(1)=μ/λ\beta'(1) = \mu/\lambdaβ′(1)=μ/λ; qn=(1−r0)r0nq_n = (1-r_0)r_0^nqn​=(1−r0​)r0n​ (5.60); r0/(1−r0)r_0/(1-r_0)r0​/(1−r0​) and r02/(1−r0)r_0^2/(1-r_0)r02​/(1−r0​) (5.61); 1−r0e−μ(1−r0)t1 - r_0e^{-\mu(1-r_0)t}1−r0​e−μ(1−r0​)t and 1−e−μ(1−r0)t1 - e^{-\mu(1-r_0)t}1−e−μ(1−r0​)t (5.62); r0/(μ(1−r0))r_0/(\mu(1-r_0))r0​/(μ(1−r0​)) and 1/(μ(1−r0))1/(\mu(1-r_0))1/(μ(1−r0​)) (5.63). The waiting-time CDFs are defined as in §2.2.5 of the book: Wq(t)=q0+∑n≥1qnPr⁡{n completions in≤t}W_q(t) = q_0 + \sum_{n\ge1} q_n \Pr\{n \text{ completions in} \le t\}Wq​(t)=q0​+∑n≥1​qn​Pr{n completions in≤t} with the Erlang type-nnn CDF, and W(t)W(t)W(t) likewise with n+1n+1n+1 completions. The means in (5.63) are ∫0∞[1−Wq(t)] dt\int_0^\infty [1 - W_q(t)]\,dt∫0∞​[1−Wq​(t)]dt and ∫0∞[1−W(t)] dt\int_0^\infty [1 - W(t)]\,dt∫0∞​[1−W(t)]dt.

A trivializing formalization would take "r0∈(0,1)r_0 \in (0,1)r0​∈(0,1) solves z=β(z)z = \beta(z)z=β(z)" as a hypothesis of the goal, which turns (5.60) into a geometric-series check; here existence, location and uniqueness of the root, and uniqueness of the stationary vector, are all conclusions.

Out of scope for this mission: the M/G/c and M/G/∞ results of §5.2 and the multiserver G/M/c analysis of §5.3.2. Reusable pieces include a Rouché-type or fixed-point counting lemma for power series with nonnegative coefficients summing to one, and the uniqueness of stationary laws for irreducible chains on N\mathbb NN. Contributions of either kind are welcome.

Selected references

  • D. Gross, J. F. Shortle, J. M. Thompson, C. M. Harris, Fundamentals of Queueing Theory, 4th ed., Wiley, 2008, §5.3.1, pp.259–263. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781118625651
  • D. G. Kendall, "Stochastic processes occurring in the theory of queues and their analysis by the method of the imbedded Markov chain", Annals of Mathematical Statistics 24(3), 1953, 338–354. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177728975
12 thms1 active userReviewed
Markov ChainOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Fundamentals of Queueing Theory VI: The Pollaczek–Khintchine Transform for the M/G/1 QueueTextbook

Motivation

The M/G/1 queue is the single-server queue with Poisson arrivals and an arbitrary service-time distribution. It is the first queueing model beyond the birth–death family in which exact formulas survive. It is also the model a practitioner reaches for when service times are measured and visibly not exponential: repair times, transmission times of variable-length packets, machining times. Its central result is the Pollaczek–Khintchine formula, first obtained by Pollaczek (1930) and Khintchine (1932). It expresses the stationary queue in terms of the service distribution, and it shows that the mean wait grows linearly in the squared coefficient of variation of service. That makes variability, and not only load, a measurable driver of congestion.

The textbook treatment followed here is Gross, Shortle, Thompson and Harris, Fundamentals of Queueing Theory, 4th ed. (Wiley 2008), §5.1. It derives the result through Kendall's (1953) imbedded Markov chain of system sizes at departure epochs. It then obtains the transforms of the waiting times and the busy-period functional equation of Takács (1962).

Setting

Customers arrive in a Poisson stream of rate λ>0\lambda > 0λ>0. Service times SSS are independent with distribution BBB, a probability distribution on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) with mean E[S]\mathrm E[S]E[S], and the discipline is first-come first-served. The traffic intensity is ρ=λ E[S]\rho = \lambda\,\mathrm E[S]ρ=λE[S].

Let XnX_nXn​ be the number of customers the nnnth departing customer leaves behind. The number of arrivals during one service time equals iii with probability

ki=∫0∞e−λt(λt)ii! dB(t),k_i = \int_0^\infty \frac{e^{-\lambda t}(\lambda t)^i}{i!}\,dB(t),ki​=∫0∞​i!e−λt(λt)i​dB(t),

and (Xn)(X_n)(Xn​) is a Markov chain on {0,1,2,… }\{0,1,2,\dots\}{0,1,2,…} whose transition matrix PPP has first row (k0,k1,k2,… )(k_0,k_1,k_2,\dots)(k0​,k1​,k2​,…) and, for i≥1i \ge 1i≥1, entries pij=kj−i+1p_{ij} = k_{j-i+1}pij​=kj−i+1​ for j≥i−1j \ge i-1j≥i−1 and 000 otherwise. A stationary distribution is a probability vector π\piπ with πP=π\pi P = \piπP=π. Its generating function is Π(z)=∑iπizi\Pi(z) = \sum_i \pi_i z^iΠ(z)=∑i​πi​zi, and that of the arrivals per service is K(z)=∑ikiziK(z) = \sum_i k_i z^iK(z)=∑i​ki​zi, for complex ∣z∣≤1|z| \le 1∣z∣≤1. The Laplace–Stieltjes transform of a distribution FFF on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) is F∗(s)=∫0∞e−st dF(t)F^*(s) = \int_0^\infty e^{-st}\,dF(t)F∗(s)=∫0∞​e−stdF(t). In the Lean development these are arrivalProb, transitionMatrix, IsStationaryDist, pgf, utilization and lst in the namespace QueueingFundamentals.MG1.

Formalization targets

Goal: the Pollaczek–Khintchine transform formula (5.15)–(5.16)

If E[S]<∞\mathrm E[S] < \inftyE[S]<∞ and ρ<1\rho < 1ρ<1, the chain has a stationary distribution, and every stationary distribution satisfies π0=1−ρ\pi_0 = 1-\rhoπ0​=1−ρ and

Π(z)=(1−ρ)(1−z)K(z)K(z)−z,∣z∣≤1, z≠1,\Pi(z) = \frac{(1-\rho)(1-z)K(z)}{K(z)-z}, \qquad |z| \le 1,\ z \ne 1,Π(z)=K(z)−z(1−ρ)(1−z)K(z)​,∣z∣≤1, z=1,

with K(z)≠zK(z) \ne zK(z)=z at each such zzz. It leaves the service distribution completely general.

Milestones

  1. The stationary equations (5.12): πi=π0ki+∑j=1i+1πjki−j+1\pi_i = \pi_0 k_i + \sum_{j=1}^{i+1}\pi_j k_{i-j+1}πi​=π0​ki​+∑j=1i+1​πj​ki−j+1​.
  2. The transform (5.14), Π(z)=π0(1−z)K(z)/(K(z)−z)\Pi(z) = \pi_0(1-z)K(z)/(K(z)-z)Π(z)=π0​(1−z)K(z)/(K(z)−z), with π0\pi_0π0​ free and no condition on ρ\rhoρ.
  3. Ergodicity (§5.1.4): a unique stationary distribution exists if and only if ρ<1\rho < 1ρ<1.
  4. The departure-point mean (5.7): L(D)=ρ+(ρ2+λ2σB2)/(2(1−ρ))L^{(D)} = \rho + (\rho^2+\lambda^2\sigma_B^2)/(2(1-\rho))L(D)=ρ+(ρ2+λ2σB2​)/(2(1−ρ)).
  5. K(z)=B∗[λ(1−z)]K(z) = B^*[\lambda(1-z)]K(z)=B∗[λ(1−z)] (5.32).
  6. The system-wait transform (5.29), (5.33): Π(z)=W∗[λ(1−z)]\Pi(z) = W^*[\lambda(1-z)]Π(z)=W∗[λ(1−z)] and W∗(s)=(1−ρ)sB∗(s)/(s−λ[1−B∗(s)])W^*(s) = (1-\rho)sB^*(s)/(s-\lambda[1-B^*(s)])W∗(s)=(1−ρ)sB∗(s)/(s−λ[1−B∗(s)]).
  7. The line-wait transform (5.34): Wq∗(s)=(1−ρ)s/(s−λ[1−B∗(s)])W_q^*(s) = (1-\rho)s/(s-\lambda[1-B^*(s)])Wq∗​(s)=(1−ρ)s/(s−λ[1−B∗(s)]).
  8. The busy-period equation (5.37): G∗(s)=B∗[s+λ−λG∗(s)]G^*(s) = B^*[s+\lambda-\lambda G^*(s)]G∗(s)=B∗[s+λ−λG∗(s)].
  9. The mean busy period: E[X]=1/(μ−λ)\mathrm E[X] = 1/(\mu-\lambda)E[X]=1/(μ−λ) with μ=1/E[S]\mu = 1/\mathrm E[S]μ=1/E[S].

Significance

The transform formula determines the whole stationary departure-point distribution from the service distribution. Its derivatives at z=1z = 1z=1 give every moment of the system size, including the mean-value formula (5.7). Combined with the transform identity (5.32), it gives the waiting-time transforms (5.33)–(5.34). Those in turn give the classical geometric-series representation of the line-wait distribution through the residual service time. The busy-period equation is the starting point for busy-period moments and for the M/G/1 analysis of priority and vacation models later in the book.

All results here are classical and proved in the literature. As far as a search of the platform shows (2026-09-28), none is machine-checked: there is no M/G/1 queue, imbedded departure-point chain, Laplace–Stieltjes transform of a service distribution, or busy-period equation on Prove2Me. Mathlib has Poisson distributions and measure convolution but no generating-function theory for countable Markov chains, no Laplace–Stieltjes transform, and no identity theorem in the form these statements need. The mission produces a checked statement of the Pollaczek–Khintchine formulas that later queueing developments (vacations, priorities, M/G/1-type chains) can build on.

Difficulty

Turning the stationary equations into (5.14) is formal power-series algebra. The difficulties lie elsewhere. First, the formula must hold for complex zzz on the closed disk, which needs the non-vanishing of K(z)−zK(z)-zK(z)−z away from z=1z = 1z=1. That fact fails for ρ>1\rho > 1ρ>1, where KKK has a fixed point inside the disk. Second, (5.15) evaluates π0\pi_0π0​ from Π(1)=1\Pi(1) = 1Π(1)=1 by a limit at the point where the formula is 0/00/00/0, and this uses K′(1)=ρK'(1) = \rhoK′(1)=ρ, an interchange of sum and integral. Third, the existence half of the goal requires positive recurrence of a chain with unbounded jumps. The book obtains it from Foster's criterion, which is not in Mathlib. Fourth, the waiting-time and busy-period transforms are stated for all real s>0s > 0s>0, while the generating-function route reaches only s=λ(1−z)∈(0,2λ]s = \lambda(1-z) \in (0, 2\lambda]s=λ(1−z)∈(0,2λ]. Extending the identity requires either analyticity arguments or a direct derivation. A formal proof of (5.14) alone does not touch any of these.

Formalization scope

The service distribution is a Measure ℝ with IsProbabilityMeasure B and B (Set.Iio 0) = 0; no density is assumed. The arrival rate is lam : ℝ with 0 < lam. Stationarity is IsStationaryDist P π: nonnegative entries, HasSum π 1, and HasSum (fun i => π i * P i j) (π j) for every j. That is global balance on ℕ, as the book writes it. Generating functions take a complex argument with ‖z‖ ≤ 1; transforms take a complex argument, and the waiting-time and busy-period statements use real s. The mean and variance of B are Bochner integrals, and every statement that uses them assumes Integrable. The mean busy period assumes 0 < E[S], so that μ=1/E[S]\mu = 1/\mathrm E[S]μ=1/E[S] is the book's service rate.

Closed forms carried by the statements: π0=1−ρ\pi_0 = 1-\rhoπ0​=1−ρ (5.15); (1−ρ)(1−z)K(z)/(K(z)−z)(1-\rho)(1-z)K(z)/(K(z)-z)(1−ρ)(1−z)K(z)/(K(z)−z) (5.16); π0(1−z)K(z)/(K(z)−z)\pi_0(1-z)K(z)/(K(z)-z)π0​(1−z)K(z)/(K(z)−z) (5.14); ρ+(ρ2+λ2σB2)/(2(1−ρ))\rho + (\rho^2+\lambda^2\sigma_B^2)/(2(1-\rho))ρ+(ρ2+λ2σB2​)/(2(1−ρ)) (5.7); B∗[λ(1−z)]B^*[\lambda(1-z)]B∗[λ(1−z)] (5.32); (1−ρ)sB∗(s)/(s−λ[1−B∗(s)])(1-\rho)sB^*(s)/(s-\lambda[1-B^*(s)])(1−ρ)sB∗(s)/(s−λ[1−B∗(s)]) (5.33); (1−ρ)s/(s−λ[1−B∗(s)])(1-\rho)s/(s-\lambda[1-B^*(s)])(1−ρ)s/(s−λ[1−B∗(s)]) (5.34); B∗[s+λ−λG∗(s)]B^*[s+\lambda-\lambda G^*(s)]B∗[s+λ−λG∗(s)] (5.37); 1/(μ−λ)1/(\mu-\lambda)1/(μ−λ) for the mean busy period.

The waiting-time distribution WWW enters through the book's FCFS relation πn=1n!∫(λt)ne−λt dW(t)\pi_n = \frac1{n!}\int(\lambda t)^n e^{-\lambda t}\,dW(t)πn​=n!1​∫(λt)ne−λtdW(t), and WqW_qWq​ through W=Wq∗BW = W_q * BW=Wq​∗B; both are hypotheses, as in the book. The busy-period distribution GGG enters through the equation (5.36) in CDF form, with nnn-fold convolutions built from Mathlib's Measure.conv.

The goal is not the algebraic consequence of (5.12) for an arbitrary sequence: π\piπ must be a probability vector, π0\pi_0π0​ is determined as 1−ρ1-\rho1−ρ, and the existence of a stationary distribution is part of the conclusion, so the statement cannot hold vacuously. The departure-point/time-average equality (§5.1.3, via PASTA) is not formalized.

Useful infrastructure, reusable beyond this mission: generating functions of stationary distributions on ℕ, Poisson mixtures, Laplace–Stieltjes transforms of measures on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞), and a Foster-type drift criterion for countable chains. Contributions proving any milestone, or those tools, are welcome.

Selected references

  • D. Gross, J. F. Shortle, J. M. Thompson, C. M. Harris, Fundamentals of Queueing Theory, 4th ed., Wiley, 2008, §5.1. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781118625651
  • D. G. Kendall, Stochastic processes occurring in the theory of queues and their analysis by the method of the imbedded Markov chain, Annals of Mathematical Statistics 24 (1953) 338–354. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177728975
  • F. G. Foster, On the stochastic matrices associated with certain queuing processes, Annals of Mathematical Statistics 24 (1953) 355–360. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177728976
  • L. Takács, Introduction to the Theory of Queues, Oxford University Press, 1962.
  • F. Pollaczek, Über eine Aufgabe der Wahrscheinlichkeitstheorie, Mathematische Zeitschrift 32 (1930) 64–100. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01194620
12 thms1 active userReviewed
PreviousPage 3 of 5Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me